* gdb.threads/watchthreads.c (main): Initialize args before starting
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6
7 This file is part of GDB.
8
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
13
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
18
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21
22 #include "defs.h"
23 #include <ctype.h>
24 #include "hashtab.h"
25 #include "symtab.h"
26 #include "frame.h"
27 #include "breakpoint.h"
28 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "gdbtypes.h"
30 #include "expression.h"
31 #include "gdbcore.h"
32 #include "gdbcmd.h"
33 #include "value.h"
34 #include "command.h"
35 #include "inferior.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
37 #include "target.h"
38 #include "language.h"
39 #include "gdb_string.h"
40 #include "demangle.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "wrapper.h"
60 #include "valprint.h"
61
62 /* readline include files */
63 #include "readline/readline.h"
64 #include "readline/history.h"
65
66 /* readline defines this. */
67 #undef savestring
68
69 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
70
71 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
72 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
73 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
74
75 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
76
77 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
78
79 static void enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
80
81 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
82
83 static void enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
84
85 static void disable_command (char *, int);
86
87 static void enable_command (char *, int);
88
89 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*)(struct breakpoint *));
90
91 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
92
93 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
94
95 static void clear_command (char *, int);
96
97 static void catch_command (char *, int);
98
99 static void watch_command (char *, int);
100
101 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
102
103 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
104
105 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
106
107 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line, enum bptype);
108
109 static void check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *);
110
111 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
112
113 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
114 enum bptype bptype);
115
116 static void describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR, struct obj_section *, int);
117
118 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
119
120 static void breakpoint_1 (int, int);
121
122 static bpstat bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *, bpstat);
123
124 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
125
126 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
127
128 static void commands_command (char *, int);
129
130 static void condition_command (char *, int);
131
132 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
133
134 void set_breakpoint_count (int);
135
136 typedef enum
137 {
138 mark_inserted,
139 mark_uninserted
140 }
141 insertion_state_t;
142
143 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
144
145 static enum print_stop_action print_it_typical (bpstat);
146
147 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
148
149 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
150
151 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
152
153 static void create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *);
154
155 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
156
157 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype, int *);
158
159 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
160
161 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
162
163 static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
164
165 static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
166
167 static void awatch_command (char *, int);
168
169 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
170
171 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
172
173 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
174
175 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
176
177 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
178
179 static char *ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg);
180
181 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
182 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
183
184 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
185
186 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s);
187
188 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc);
189
190 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
191
192 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
193
194 static void update_global_location_list (int);
195
196 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
197
198 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt);
199
200 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
201
202 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
203
204 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
205
206 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
207
208 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
209
210 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
211
212 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
213 current breakpoint. */
214
215 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
216
217 static const char *
218 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
219 {
220 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and represent
221 values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at a breakpoint. */
222 static char *bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
223 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
224 }
225
226 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
227 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
228 if such is available. */
229 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
230
231 static void
232 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
233 struct cmd_list_element *c,
234 const char *value)
235 {
236 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
237 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
238 value);
239 }
240
241 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
242 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
243 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
244 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
245 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
246 static void
247 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
248 struct cmd_list_element *c,
249 const char *value)
250 {
251 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
252 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
253 value);
254 }
255
256 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
257 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
258 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
259 use hardware breakpoints. */
260 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
261 static void
262 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
263 struct cmd_list_element *c,
264 const char *value)
265 {
266 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
267 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
268 value);
269 }
270
271 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
272 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
273 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
274 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
275 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
276
277 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
278 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
279 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
280 static const char *always_inserted_enums[] = {
281 always_inserted_auto,
282 always_inserted_off,
283 always_inserted_on,
284 NULL
285 };
286 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
287 static void
288 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
289 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
290 {
291 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
292 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
293 Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
294 value,
295 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
296 else
297 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"), value);
298 }
299
300 int
301 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
302 {
303 return (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
304 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop));
305 }
306
307 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
308
309 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
310 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
311
312 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
313 static int overlay_events_enabled;
314
315 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
316 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
317 breakpoint. */
318
319 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
320
321 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
322 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
323 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
324 B = TMP)
325
326 /* Similar iterators for the low-level breakpoints. */
327
328 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B) for (B = bp_location_chain; B; B = B->global_next)
329
330 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
331 for (B = bp_location_chain; \
332 B ? (TMP=B->global_next, 1): 0; \
333 B = TMP)
334
335 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
336
337 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
338 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
339 if ((B)->type == bp_tracepoint)
340
341 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
342
343 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
344
345 struct bp_location *bp_location_chain;
346
347 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint,
348 unlinked from bp_location_chain, but for which a hit
349 may still be reported by a target. */
350 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
351
352 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
353
354 int breakpoint_count;
355
356 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
357
358 int tracepoint_count;
359
360 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
361 static int
362 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
363 {
364 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
365 }
366
367 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
368
369 void
370 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
371 {
372 breakpoint_count = num;
373 set_internalvar (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"),
374 value_from_longest (builtin_type_int32, (LONGEST) num));
375 }
376
377 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
378
379 void
380 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
381 {
382 struct breakpoint *b;
383
384 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
385 b->hit_count = 0;
386 }
387
388 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
389 for "break" command with no arg.
390 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
391 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
392
393 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
394
395 int default_breakpoint_valid;
396 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address;
397 struct symtab *default_breakpoint_symtab;
398 int default_breakpoint_line;
399 \f
400 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
401 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
402
403 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
404 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
405 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
406
407 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
408
409 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
410 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
411 static int
412 get_number_trailer (char **pp, int trailer)
413 {
414 int retval = 0; /* default */
415 char *p = *pp;
416
417 if (p == NULL)
418 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
419 return breakpoint_count;
420 else if (*p == '$')
421 {
422 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
423 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
424 char *varname;
425 char *start = ++p;
426 struct value *val;
427
428 while (isalnum (*p) || *p == '_')
429 p++;
430 varname = (char *) alloca (p - start + 1);
431 strncpy (varname, start, p - start);
432 varname[p - start] = '\0';
433 val = value_of_internalvar (lookup_internalvar (varname));
434 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (val)) == TYPE_CODE_INT)
435 retval = (int) value_as_long (val);
436 else
437 {
438 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
439 retval = 0;
440 }
441 }
442 else
443 {
444 if (*p == '-')
445 ++p;
446 while (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
447 ++p;
448 if (p == *pp)
449 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
450 {
451 /* Skip non-numeric token */
452 while (*p && !isspace((int) *p))
453 ++p;
454 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
455 retval = 0;
456 }
457 else
458 retval = atoi (*pp);
459 }
460 if (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
461 {
462 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
463 while (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
464 ++p;
465 retval = 0;
466 }
467 while (isspace (*p))
468 p++;
469 *pp = p;
470 return retval;
471 }
472
473
474 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
475 int
476 get_number (char **pp)
477 {
478 return get_number_trailer (pp, '\0');
479 }
480
481 /* Parse a number or a range.
482 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
483 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
484 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
485 * inclusive.
486 *
487 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
488 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
489 *
490 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
491 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
492 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
493 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
494 * pointer PP past <number2>.
495 */
496
497 int
498 get_number_or_range (char **pp)
499 {
500 static int last_retval, end_value;
501 static char *end_ptr;
502 static int in_range = 0;
503
504 if (**pp != '-')
505 {
506 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
507 or to the first number of a range. */
508 last_retval = get_number_trailer (pp, '-');
509 if (**pp == '-')
510 {
511 char **temp;
512
513 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
514 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
515 and also remember the end of the final token. */
516
517 temp = &end_ptr;
518 end_ptr = *pp + 1;
519 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr))
520 end_ptr++; /* skip white space */
521 end_value = get_number (temp);
522 if (end_value < last_retval)
523 {
524 error (_("inverted range"));
525 }
526 else if (end_value == last_retval)
527 {
528 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
529 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
530 single number. */
531 *pp = end_ptr;
532 }
533 else
534 in_range = 1;
535 }
536 }
537 else if (! in_range)
538 error (_("negative value"));
539 else
540 {
541 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
542 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
543 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
544 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
545 is reached. */
546
547 if (++last_retval == end_value)
548 {
549 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
550 *pp = end_ptr;
551 in_range = 0;
552 }
553 }
554 return last_retval;
555 }
556
557
558 \f
559 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
560
561 static void
562 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
563 {
564 struct breakpoint *b;
565 char *p;
566 int bnum;
567
568 if (arg == 0)
569 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
570
571 p = arg;
572 bnum = get_number (&p);
573 if (bnum == 0)
574 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
575
576 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
577 if (b->number == bnum)
578 {
579 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
580 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
581 {
582 if (loc->cond)
583 {
584 xfree (loc->cond);
585 loc->cond = 0;
586 }
587 }
588 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
589 xfree (b->cond_string);
590
591 if (*p == 0)
592 {
593 b->cond_string = NULL;
594 if (from_tty)
595 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), bnum);
596 }
597 else
598 {
599 arg = p;
600 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
601 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
602 b->cond_string = savestring (arg, strlen (arg));
603 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
604 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
605 {
606 arg = p;
607 loc->cond =
608 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
609 if (*arg)
610 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
611 }
612 }
613 breakpoints_changed ();
614 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
615 return;
616 }
617
618 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
619 }
620
621 static void
622 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
623 {
624 struct breakpoint *b;
625 char *p;
626 int bnum;
627 struct command_line *l;
628
629 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
630 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
631 being read from. */
632
633 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
634 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
635
636 p = arg;
637 bnum = get_number (&p);
638
639 if (p && *p)
640 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
641
642 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
643 if (b->number == bnum)
644 {
645 char *tmpbuf = xstrprintf ("Type commands for when breakpoint %d is hit, one per line.",
646 bnum);
647 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, tmpbuf);
648 l = read_command_lines (tmpbuf, from_tty, 1);
649 do_cleanups (cleanups);
650 free_command_lines (&b->commands);
651 b->commands = l;
652 breakpoints_changed ();
653 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
654 return;
655 }
656 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
657 }
658
659 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
660 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
661
662 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
663 that are part of if and while bodies. */
664 enum command_control_type
665 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
666 {
667 struct breakpoint *b;
668 char *p;
669 int bnum;
670
671 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
672 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
673 being read from. */
674
675 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
676 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
677
678 /* An empty string for the breakpoint number means the last
679 breakpoint, but get_number expects a NULL pointer. */
680 if (arg && !*arg)
681 p = NULL;
682 else
683 p = arg;
684 bnum = get_number (&p);
685
686 if (p && *p)
687 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
688
689 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
690 if (b->number == bnum)
691 {
692 free_command_lines (&b->commands);
693 if (cmd->body_count != 1)
694 error (_("Invalid \"commands\" block structure."));
695 /* We need to copy the commands because if/while will free the
696 list after it finishes execution. */
697 b->commands = copy_command_lines (cmd->body_list[0]);
698 breakpoints_changed ();
699 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
700 return simple_control;
701 }
702 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
703 }
704 \f
705 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
706 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents. */
707
708 void
709 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte *buf, ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
710 {
711 struct bp_location *b;
712 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
713 int bp_size = 0;
714 int bptoffset = 0;
715
716 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
717 {
718 if (b->owner->type == bp_none)
719 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
720 b->owner->number);
721
722 if (b->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
723 continue;
724 if (!b->inserted)
725 continue;
726 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
727 we need to copy. */
728 bp_addr = b->target_info.placed_address;
729 bp_size = b->target_info.shadow_len;
730 if (bp_size == 0)
731 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
732 continue;
733
734 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
735 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
736 are reading. */
737 continue;
738
739 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
740 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
741 reading. */
742 continue;
743
744 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
745 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
746 {
747 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
748 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
749 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
750 bp_addr = memaddr;
751 }
752
753 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
754 {
755 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
756 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
757 }
758
759 memcpy (buf + bp_addr - memaddr,
760 b->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
761 }
762 }
763 \f
764
765 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
766 static void
767 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out *uo, void *args)
768 {
769 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) args;
770 int val = -1;
771
772 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_catchpoint);
773 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->insert != NULL);
774
775 b->ops->insert (b);
776 }
777
778 static int
779 is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
780 {
781 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
782 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
783 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
784 }
785
786 /* Find the current value of a watchpoint on EXP. Return the value in
787 *VALP and *RESULTP and the chain of intermediate and final values
788 in *VAL_CHAIN. RESULTP and VAL_CHAIN may be NULL if the caller does
789 not need them.
790
791 If a memory error occurs while evaluating the expression, *RESULTP will
792 be set to NULL. *RESULTP may be a lazy value, if the result could
793 not be read from memory. It is used to determine whether a value
794 is user-specified (we should watch the whole value) or intermediate
795 (we should watch only the bit used to locate the final value).
796
797 If the final value, or any intermediate value, could not be read
798 from memory, *VALP will be set to NULL. *VAL_CHAIN will still be
799 set to any referenced values. *VALP will never be a lazy value.
800 This is the value which we store in struct breakpoint.
801
802 If VAL_CHAIN is non-NULL, *VAL_CHAIN will be released from the
803 value chain. The caller must free the values individually. If
804 VAL_CHAIN is NULL, all generated values will be left on the value
805 chain. */
806
807 static void
808 fetch_watchpoint_value (struct expression *exp, struct value **valp,
809 struct value **resultp, struct value **val_chain)
810 {
811 struct value *mark, *new_mark, *result;
812 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
813
814 *valp = NULL;
815 if (resultp)
816 *resultp = NULL;
817 if (val_chain)
818 *val_chain = NULL;
819
820 /* Evaluate the expression. */
821 mark = value_mark ();
822 result = NULL;
823
824 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
825 {
826 result = evaluate_expression (exp);
827 }
828 if (ex.reason < 0)
829 {
830 /* Ignore memory errors, we want watchpoints pointing at
831 inaccessible memory to still be created; otherwise, throw the
832 error to some higher catcher. */
833 switch (ex.error)
834 {
835 case MEMORY_ERROR:
836 break;
837 default:
838 throw_exception (ex);
839 break;
840 }
841 }
842
843 new_mark = value_mark ();
844 if (mark == new_mark)
845 return;
846 if (resultp)
847 *resultp = result;
848
849 /* Make sure it's not lazy, so that after the target stops again we
850 have a non-lazy previous value to compare with. */
851 if (result != NULL
852 && (!value_lazy (result) || gdb_value_fetch_lazy (result)))
853 *valp = result;
854
855 if (val_chain)
856 {
857 /* Return the chain of intermediate values. We use this to
858 decide which addresses to watch. */
859 *val_chain = new_mark;
860 value_release_to_mark (mark);
861 }
862 }
863
864 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
865 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
866 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
867 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
868 in b->loc->cond.
869 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
870
871 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do nothing.
872 If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete it. */
873 static void
874 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, int reparse)
875 {
876 int within_current_scope;
877 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
878 struct bp_location *loc;
879 bpstat bs;
880
881 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in bp_location_chain and
882 update_global_locations will eventually delete them and remove
883 breakpoints if needed. */
884 b->loc = NULL;
885
886 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
887 return;
888
889 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
890 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
891 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
892 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
893 selected frame. */
894 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
895
896 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
897 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
898 within_current_scope = 1;
899 else
900 {
901 struct frame_info *fi;
902 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
903 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
904 if (within_current_scope)
905 select_frame (fi);
906 }
907
908 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
909 {
910 char *s;
911 if (b->exp)
912 {
913 xfree (b->exp);
914 b->exp = NULL;
915 }
916 s = b->exp_string;
917 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
918 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
919 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
920 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
921 be completely different objects. */
922 value_free (b->val);
923 b->val = NULL;
924 b->val_valid = 0;
925 }
926
927 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
928 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
929 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
930 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
931 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
932 if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
933 {
934 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
935
936 fetch_watchpoint_value (b->exp, &v, &result, &val_chain);
937
938 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
939 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
940 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
941 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */
942 if (!b->val_valid)
943 {
944 b->val = v;
945 b->val_valid = 1;
946 }
947
948 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or an
949 ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support and free
950 hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior is started. */
951 if ((b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
952 && reparse)
953 {
954 int i, mem_cnt, other_type_used;
955
956 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_hardware_watchpoint,
957 &other_type_used);
958 mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
959
960 if (!mem_cnt)
961 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
962 else
963 {
964 int target_resources_ok = TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
965 (bp_hardware_watchpoint, i + mem_cnt, other_type_used);
966 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
967 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
968 else
969 b->type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
970 }
971 }
972
973 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
974 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
975 {
976 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
977 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
978 must watch it. If the first value returned is
979 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
980 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
981 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
982 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
983 {
984 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
985
986 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
987 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
988 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
989 if (v == result
990 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
991 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
992 {
993 CORE_ADDR addr;
994 int len, type;
995 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
996
997 addr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
998 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
999 type = hw_write;
1000 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1001 type = hw_read;
1002 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1003 type = hw_access;
1004
1005 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1006 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1007 ;
1008 *tmp = loc;
1009 loc->address = addr;
1010 loc->length = len;
1011 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1012 }
1013 }
1014
1015 next = value_next (v);
1016 if (v != b->val)
1017 value_free (v);
1018 }
1019
1020 /* We just regenerated the list of breakpoint locations.
1021 The new location does not have its condition field set to anything
1022 and therefore, we must always reparse the cond_string, independently
1023 of the value of the reparse flag. */
1024 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
1025 {
1026 char *s = b->cond_string;
1027 b->loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1028 }
1029 }
1030 else if (!within_current_scope)
1031 {
1032 printf_filtered (_("\
1033 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
1034 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1035 b->number);
1036 if (b->related_breakpoint)
1037 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1038 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1039 }
1040
1041 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1042 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1043 }
1044
1045
1046 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1047 inserted in the inferior. */
1048 static int
1049 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bpt)
1050 {
1051 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner))
1052 return 0;
1053
1054 if (bpt->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1055 return 0;
1056
1057 if (!bpt->enabled || bpt->shlib_disabled || bpt->duplicate)
1058 return 0;
1059
1060 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1061 not by us. */
1062 if (bpt->owner->type == bp_tracepoint)
1063 return 0;
1064
1065 return 1;
1066 }
1067
1068 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
1069 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
1070 and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1071
1072 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
1073 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1074 static int
1075 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bpt,
1076 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1077 int *disabled_breaks,
1078 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1079 {
1080 int val = 0;
1081
1082 if (!should_be_inserted (bpt) || bpt->inserted)
1083 return 0;
1084
1085 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1086 memset (&bpt->target_info, 0, sizeof (bpt->target_info));
1087 bpt->target_info.placed_address = bpt->address;
1088
1089 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1090 || bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1091 {
1092 if (bpt->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1093 {
1094 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1095 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1096 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1097 Two important cases are:
1098 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1099 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1100 hardware breakpoint.
1101 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
1102 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
1103 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
1104
1105 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
1106 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
1107 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
1108 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
1109 struct mem_region *mr
1110 = lookup_mem_region (bpt->target_info.placed_address);
1111
1112 if (mr)
1113 {
1114 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1115 {
1116 int changed = 0;
1117 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1118
1119 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1120 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1121 else
1122 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1123
1124 if (new_type != bpt->loc_type)
1125 {
1126 static int said = 0;
1127 bpt->loc_type = new_type;
1128 if (!said)
1129 {
1130 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout, _("\
1131 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
1132 said = 1;
1133 }
1134 }
1135 }
1136 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1137 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1138 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
1139 paddr (bpt->address));
1140 }
1141 }
1142
1143 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1144 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1145 || bpt->section == NULL
1146 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt->section)))
1147 {
1148 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1149
1150 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1151 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1152 else
1153 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1154 }
1155 else
1156 {
1157 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1158 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1159 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1160 {
1161 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1162 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1163 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1164 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1165 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1166 bpt->owner->number);
1167 else
1168 {
1169 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bpt->address,
1170 bpt->section);
1171 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1172 bpt->overlay_target_info = bpt->target_info;
1173 bpt->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1174 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->overlay_target_info);
1175 if (val != 0)
1176 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1177 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?\n",
1178 bpt->owner->number);
1179 }
1180 }
1181 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1182 if (section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1183 {
1184 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1185 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1186 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1187 else
1188 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1189 }
1190 else
1191 {
1192 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1193 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1194 return 0;
1195 }
1196 }
1197
1198 if (val)
1199 {
1200 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1201 if (solib_name_from_address (bpt->address))
1202 {
1203 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1204 val = 0;
1205 bpt->shlib_disabled = 1;
1206 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1207 {
1208 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1209 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1210 bpt->owner->number);
1211 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1212 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
1213 }
1214 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1215 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1216 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt->owner->number);
1217 }
1218 else
1219 {
1220 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1221 {
1222 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1223 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1224 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
1225 bpt->owner->number);
1226 }
1227 else
1228 {
1229 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1230 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1231 bpt->owner->number);
1232 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1233 "Error accessing memory address ");
1234 fputs_filtered (paddress (bpt->address), tmp_error_stream);
1235 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1236 safe_strerror (val));
1237 }
1238
1239 }
1240 }
1241 else
1242 bpt->inserted = 1;
1243
1244 return val;
1245 }
1246
1247 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1248 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1249 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1250 && bpt->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1251 {
1252 val = target_insert_watchpoint (bpt->address,
1253 bpt->length,
1254 bpt->watchpoint_type);
1255 bpt->inserted = (val != -1);
1256 }
1257
1258 else if (bpt->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
1259 {
1260 struct gdb_exception e = catch_exception (uiout, insert_catchpoint,
1261 bpt->owner, RETURN_MASK_ERROR);
1262 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1263 bpt->owner->number);
1264 if (e.reason < 0)
1265 bpt->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1266 else
1267 bpt->inserted = 1;
1268
1269 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1270 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1271 so just return success. */
1272 return 0;
1273 }
1274
1275 return 0;
1276 }
1277
1278 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1279 Throws exception on any error.
1280 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1281 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1282 void
1283 insert_breakpoints (void)
1284 {
1285 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1286
1287 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1288 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1289 update_watchpoint (bpt, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1290
1291 update_global_location_list (1);
1292
1293 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
1294 && (target_has_execution
1295 || (gdbarch_has_global_solist (target_gdbarch)
1296 && target_supports_multi_process ())))
1297 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints
1298 when always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly
1299 insert them now. */
1300 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1301 }
1302
1303 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1304 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1305 Both return zero if successful,
1306 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1307
1308 static void
1309 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1310 {
1311 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1312 struct bp_location *b, *temp;
1313 int error = 0;
1314 int val = 0;
1315 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1316 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1317
1318 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1319 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1320
1321 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1322 there was an error. */
1323 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
1324
1325 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE (b, temp)
1326 {
1327 if (!should_be_inserted (b) || b->inserted)
1328 continue;
1329
1330 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1331 thread no longer exists. */
1332 if (b->owner->thread != -1
1333 && !valid_thread_id (b->owner->thread))
1334 continue;
1335
1336 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1337 &disabled_breaks,
1338 &hw_breakpoint_error);
1339 if (val)
1340 error = val;
1341 }
1342
1343 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint,
1344 remove them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1345 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1346 {
1347 int some_failed = 0;
1348 struct bp_location *loc;
1349
1350 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1351 continue;
1352
1353 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
1354 continue;
1355
1356 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1357 continue;
1358
1359 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1360 if (!loc->inserted)
1361 {
1362 some_failed = 1;
1363 break;
1364 }
1365 if (some_failed)
1366 {
1367 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1368 if (loc->inserted)
1369 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
1370
1371 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1372 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1373 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1374 bpt->number);
1375 error = -1;
1376 }
1377 }
1378
1379 if (error)
1380 {
1381 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1382 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1383 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
1384 {
1385 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1386 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1387 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1388 }
1389 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1390 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
1391 }
1392
1393 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1394 }
1395
1396 int
1397 remove_breakpoints (void)
1398 {
1399 struct bp_location *b;
1400 int val;
1401
1402 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1403 {
1404 if (b->inserted)
1405 {
1406 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1407 if (val != 0)
1408 return val;
1409 }
1410 }
1411 return 0;
1412 }
1413
1414 int
1415 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
1416 {
1417 struct bp_location *b;
1418 int val;
1419
1420 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1421 {
1422 if (b->inserted && b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
1423 {
1424 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1425 if (val != 0)
1426 return val;
1427 }
1428 }
1429 return 0;
1430 }
1431
1432 int
1433 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
1434 {
1435 struct bp_location *b;
1436 int val;
1437 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1438 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1439 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
1440
1441 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1442
1443 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1444 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1445 {
1446 if (b->inserted)
1447 {
1448 b->inserted = 0;
1449 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1450 &dummy1, &dummy2);
1451 if (val != 0)
1452 {
1453 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1454 return val;
1455 }
1456 }
1457 }
1458 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1459 return 0;
1460 }
1461
1462 void
1463 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
1464 {
1465 struct breakpoint *b;
1466 struct breakpoint *temp;
1467 struct bp_location *bploc;
1468
1469 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
1470 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
1471 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
1472 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
1473 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
1474 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
1475 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
1476 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
1477 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc)
1478 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
1479
1480 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1481 {
1482 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1483 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
1484 {
1485 delete_breakpoint (b);
1486 continue;
1487 }
1488
1489 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
1490 as must overlay event breakpoints. */
1491 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event)
1492 {
1493 delete_breakpoint (b);
1494 continue;
1495 }
1496
1497 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
1498 if (b->type == bp_step_resume)
1499 {
1500 delete_breakpoint (b);
1501 continue;
1502 }
1503
1504 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
1505 after an exec. */
1506 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume)
1507 {
1508 delete_breakpoint (b);
1509 continue;
1510 }
1511
1512 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
1513 {
1514 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
1515 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
1516 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
1517 a new method, and call this method from here. */
1518 continue;
1519 }
1520
1521 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
1522 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
1523 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
1524 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
1525 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
1526 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
1527
1528 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
1529 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
1530 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
1531 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
1532 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
1533 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
1534 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
1535
1536 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
1537 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
1538 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
1539 let finish_command delete it.
1540
1541 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
1542 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
1543 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
1544 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
1545 solib breakpoints.) */
1546
1547 if (b->type == bp_finish)
1548 {
1549 continue;
1550 }
1551
1552 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
1553 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
1554 a.out. */
1555 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
1556 {
1557 delete_breakpoint (b);
1558 continue;
1559 }
1560 }
1561 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
1562 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
1563 }
1564
1565 int
1566 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
1567 {
1568 struct bp_location *b;
1569 int val;
1570 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1571
1572 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
1573 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
1574
1575 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint uses this global. */
1576 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1577 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1578 {
1579 if (b->inserted)
1580 {
1581 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_inserted);
1582 if (val != 0)
1583 {
1584 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1585 return val;
1586 }
1587 }
1588 }
1589 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1590 return 0;
1591 }
1592
1593 static int
1594 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *b, insertion_state_t is)
1595 {
1596 int val;
1597
1598 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1599 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
1600 return 0;
1601
1602 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
1603 This should not ever happen. */
1604 gdb_assert (b->owner->type != bp_none);
1605
1606 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1607 || b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1608 {
1609 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
1610 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
1611 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
1612
1613 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1614 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1615 || b->section == NULL
1616 || !(section_is_overlay (b->section)))
1617 {
1618 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
1619
1620 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1621 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1622 else
1623 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1624 }
1625 else
1626 {
1627 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1628 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1629 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1630 {
1631 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
1632 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
1633 */
1634 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
1635 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
1636 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1637 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1638 else
1639 target_remove_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1640 }
1641 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
1642 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
1643 if (b->inserted)
1644 {
1645 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
1646 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
1647 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
1648 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
1649 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1650 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1651
1652 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
1653 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
1654 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
1655 else if (section_is_mapped (b->section))
1656 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1657 else
1658 val = 0;
1659 }
1660 else
1661 {
1662 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
1663 val = 0;
1664 }
1665 }
1666
1667 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
1668 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
1669 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
1670 if (val && solib_name_from_address (b->address))
1671 val = 0;
1672
1673 if (val)
1674 return val;
1675 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1676 }
1677 else if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
1678 {
1679 struct value *v;
1680 struct value *n;
1681
1682 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1683 val = target_remove_watchpoint (b->address, b->length,
1684 b->watchpoint_type);
1685
1686 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
1687 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (b->inserted))
1688 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
1689 b->owner->number);
1690 }
1691 else if (b->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
1692 && breakpoint_enabled (b->owner)
1693 && !b->duplicate)
1694 {
1695 gdb_assert (b->owner->ops != NULL && b->owner->ops->remove != NULL);
1696
1697 val = b->owner->ops->remove (b->owner);
1698 if (val)
1699 return val;
1700 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1701 }
1702
1703 return 0;
1704 }
1705
1706 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
1707
1708 void
1709 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
1710 {
1711 struct bp_location *bpt;
1712
1713 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1714 bpt->inserted = 0;
1715 }
1716
1717 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
1718 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
1719
1720 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
1721 between runs.
1722
1723 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
1724 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
1725 init_wait_for_inferior). */
1726
1727
1728
1729 void
1730 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
1731 {
1732 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
1733 struct bp_location *bpt;
1734 int ix;
1735
1736 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
1737 nothing to do. */
1738 if (gdbarch_has_global_solist (target_gdbarch))
1739 return;
1740
1741 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1742 if (bpt->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
1743 bpt->inserted = 0;
1744
1745 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1746 {
1747 switch (b->type)
1748 {
1749 case bp_call_dummy:
1750 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
1751
1752 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
1753 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better
1754 get rid of it.
1755
1756 Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
1757 delete_breakpoint (b);
1758 break;
1759
1760 case bp_watchpoint:
1761 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
1762 case bp_read_watchpoint:
1763 case bp_access_watchpoint:
1764
1765 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
1766 if (b->exp_valid_block != NULL)
1767 delete_breakpoint (b);
1768 else if (context == inf_starting)
1769 {
1770 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
1771 in insert_breakpoints. */
1772 if (b->val)
1773 value_free (b->val);
1774 b->val = NULL;
1775 b->val_valid = 0;
1776 }
1777 break;
1778 default:
1779 break;
1780 }
1781 }
1782
1783 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
1784 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bpt); ++ix)
1785 free_bp_location (bpt);
1786 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
1787 }
1788
1789 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
1790 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
1791 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
1792 permanent breakpoint.
1793 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
1794 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
1795 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
1796 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
1797 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
1798
1799 enum breakpoint_here
1800 breakpoint_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1801 {
1802 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1803 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1804
1805 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1806 {
1807 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1808 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1809 continue;
1810
1811 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1812 || bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1813 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1814 {
1815 if (overlay_debugging
1816 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1817 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1818 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1819 else if (bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1820 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
1821 else
1822 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
1823 }
1824 }
1825
1826 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
1827 }
1828
1829 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
1830
1831 int
1832 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1833 {
1834 struct bp_location *loc;
1835 int ix;
1836
1837 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
1838 if (loc->address == pc)
1839 return 1;
1840
1841 return 0;
1842 }
1843
1844 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
1845 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain/bp_location_chain mechanism.
1846 This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which are
1847 inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
1848
1849 int
1850 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1851 {
1852 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1853
1854 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1855 {
1856 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1857 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1858 continue;
1859
1860 if (bpt->inserted
1861 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is inserted and matches pc */
1862 {
1863 if (overlay_debugging
1864 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1865 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1866 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1867 else
1868 return 1;
1869 }
1870 }
1871 return 0;
1872 }
1873
1874 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
1875 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
1876
1877 int
1878 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1879 {
1880 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1881 return 1;
1882
1883 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1884 return 1;
1885
1886 return 0;
1887 }
1888
1889 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
1890 inserted at PC. */
1891
1892 int
1893 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1894 {
1895 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1896 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1897
1898 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1899 {
1900 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1901 continue;
1902
1903 if (bpt->inserted
1904 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1905 {
1906 if (overlay_debugging
1907 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1908 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1909 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1910 else
1911 return 1;
1912 }
1913 }
1914
1915 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
1916 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1917 return 1;
1918
1919 return 0;
1920 }
1921
1922 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
1923 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
1924
1925 int
1926 breakpoint_thread_match (CORE_ADDR pc, ptid_t ptid)
1927 {
1928 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1929 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
1930 int thread = -1;
1931 int task = 0;
1932
1933 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1934 {
1935 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1936 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1937 continue;
1938
1939 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1940 && bpt->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
1941 continue;
1942
1943 if (bpt->address != pc)
1944 continue;
1945
1946 if (bpt->owner->thread != -1)
1947 {
1948 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
1949 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
1950 it is now time to do so. */
1951 if (thread == -1)
1952 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
1953 if (bpt->owner->thread != thread)
1954 continue;
1955 }
1956
1957 if (bpt->owner->task != 0)
1958 {
1959 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
1960 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
1961 it is now time to do so. */
1962 if (task == 0)
1963 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
1964 if (bpt->owner->task != task)
1965 continue;
1966 }
1967
1968 if (overlay_debugging
1969 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1970 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1971 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1972
1973 return 1;
1974 }
1975
1976 return 0;
1977 }
1978 \f
1979
1980 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
1981 in breakpoint.h. */
1982
1983 int
1984 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
1985 {
1986 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
1987 }
1988
1989 void
1990 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
1991 {
1992 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
1993 value_free (bs->old_val);
1994 free_command_lines (&bs->commands);
1995 xfree (bs);
1996 }
1997
1998 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
1999 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
2000
2001 void
2002 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
2003 {
2004 bpstat p;
2005 bpstat q;
2006
2007 if (bsp == 0)
2008 return;
2009 p = *bsp;
2010 while (p != NULL)
2011 {
2012 q = p->next;
2013 bpstat_free (p);
2014 p = q;
2015 }
2016 *bsp = NULL;
2017 }
2018
2019 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
2020 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
2021
2022 bpstat
2023 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
2024 {
2025 bpstat p = NULL;
2026 bpstat tmp;
2027 bpstat retval = NULL;
2028
2029 if (bs == NULL)
2030 return bs;
2031
2032 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2033 {
2034 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
2035 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
2036 if (bs->commands != NULL)
2037 tmp->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
2038 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2039 {
2040 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
2041 release_value (tmp->old_val);
2042 }
2043
2044 if (p == NULL)
2045 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
2046 retval = tmp;
2047 else
2048 p->next = tmp;
2049 p = tmp;
2050 }
2051 p->next = NULL;
2052 return retval;
2053 }
2054
2055 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
2056
2057 bpstat
2058 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
2059 {
2060 if (bsp == NULL)
2061 return NULL;
2062
2063 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
2064 {
2065 if (bsp->breakpoint_at && bsp->breakpoint_at->owner == breakpoint)
2066 return bsp;
2067 }
2068 return NULL;
2069 }
2070
2071 /* Find a step_resume breakpoint associated with this bpstat.
2072 (If there are multiple step_resume bp's on the list, this function
2073 will arbitrarily pick one.)
2074
2075 It is an error to use this function if BPSTAT doesn't contain a
2076 step_resume breakpoint.
2077
2078 See wait_for_inferior's use of this function. */
2079 struct breakpoint *
2080 bpstat_find_step_resume_breakpoint (bpstat bsp)
2081 {
2082 int current_thread;
2083
2084 gdb_assert (bsp != NULL);
2085
2086 current_thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
2087
2088 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
2089 {
2090 if ((bsp->breakpoint_at != NULL) &&
2091 (bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_step_resume) &&
2092 (bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->thread == current_thread ||
2093 bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->thread == -1))
2094 return bsp->breakpoint_at->owner;
2095 }
2096
2097 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("No step_resume breakpoint found."));
2098 }
2099
2100
2101 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2102 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2103 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2104 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
2105 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
2106 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
2107 we set it.
2108 Return 1 otherwise. */
2109
2110 int
2111 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
2112 {
2113 struct breakpoint *b;
2114
2115 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
2116 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
2117
2118 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
2119 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
2120 this function might return the same number more
2121 than once and this will look ugly. */
2122 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at ? (*bsp)->breakpoint_at->owner : NULL;
2123 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
2124 if (b == NULL)
2125 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
2126
2127 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
2128 return 1;
2129 }
2130
2131 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
2132
2133 void
2134 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs)
2135 {
2136 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2137 {
2138 free_command_lines (&bs->commands);
2139 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2140 {
2141 value_free (bs->old_val);
2142 bs->old_val = NULL;
2143 }
2144 }
2145 }
2146
2147 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
2148
2149 static void
2150 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
2151 {
2152 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2153 {
2154 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
2155
2156 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
2157 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
2158 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
2159 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
2160 if (tp->in_infcall)
2161 return;
2162 }
2163
2164 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
2165 }
2166
2167 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
2168 static void
2169 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
2170 {
2171 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
2172 }
2173
2174 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
2175 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
2176 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
2177 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
2178
2179 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
2180 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
2181 bpstat of the current thread. */
2182
2183 static int
2184 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
2185 {
2186 bpstat bs;
2187 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2188 int again = 0;
2189
2190 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
2191 in bs->commands. */
2192 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
2193 return 0;
2194
2195 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
2196 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
2197
2198 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
2199 bs = *bsp;
2200
2201 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
2202 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2203 {
2204 struct command_line *cmd;
2205 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
2206
2207 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
2208
2209 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
2210 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
2211 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
2212 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
2213 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
2214 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
2215 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
2216 the tree when we're done. */
2217 cmd = bs->commands;
2218 bs->commands = 0;
2219 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_free_command_lines (&cmd);
2220
2221 while (cmd != NULL)
2222 {
2223 execute_control_command (cmd);
2224
2225 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2226 break;
2227 else
2228 cmd = cmd->next;
2229 }
2230
2231 /* We can free this command tree now. */
2232 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
2233
2234 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2235 {
2236 if (target_can_async_p ())
2237 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
2238 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
2239 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
2240 ;
2241 else
2242 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
2243 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
2244 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
2245 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
2246 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
2247 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
2248 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
2249 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
2250 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
2251 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
2252 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
2253 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
2254 with the new stop_bpstat. */
2255 again = 1;
2256 break;
2257 }
2258 }
2259 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2260 return again;
2261 }
2262
2263 void
2264 bpstat_do_actions (void)
2265 {
2266 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
2267 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
2268 && target_has_execution
2269 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
2270 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
2271 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
2272 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
2273 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
2274 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
2275 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->stop_bpstat))
2276 break;
2277 }
2278
2279 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
2280
2281 static void
2282 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
2283 {
2284 if (val == NULL)
2285 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
2286 else
2287 {
2288 struct value_print_options opts;
2289 get_user_print_options (&opts);
2290 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
2291 }
2292 }
2293
2294 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
2295 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
2296 by having it set different print_it values.
2297
2298 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
2299 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
2300 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
2301 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
2302 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
2303
2304 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
2305 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
2306 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
2307 don't print anything else.
2308 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
2309 that something to be followed by a location.
2310 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
2311 that something to be followed by a location.
2312 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
2313 analysis. */
2314
2315 static enum print_stop_action
2316 print_it_typical (bpstat bs)
2317 {
2318 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2319 struct breakpoint *b;
2320 const struct bp_location *bl;
2321 struct ui_stream *stb;
2322 int bp_temp = 0;
2323 enum print_stop_action result;
2324
2325 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
2326 which has since been deleted. */
2327 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
2328 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2329 bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2330 b = bl->owner;
2331
2332 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
2333 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
2334
2335 switch (b->type)
2336 {
2337 case bp_breakpoint:
2338 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
2339 bp_temp = bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del;
2340 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
2341 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
2342 bl->address,
2343 b->number, 1);
2344 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
2345 if (bp_temp)
2346 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
2347 else
2348 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
2349 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2350 {
2351 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
2352 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
2353 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
2354 }
2355 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
2356 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
2357 result = PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2358 break;
2359
2360 case bp_shlib_event:
2361 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
2362 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
2363 to shlib event" message.) */
2364 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
2365 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
2366 break;
2367
2368 case bp_thread_event:
2369 /* Not sure how we will get here.
2370 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
2371 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2372 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
2373 break;
2374
2375 case bp_overlay_event:
2376 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
2377 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2378 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
2379 break;
2380
2381 case bp_watchpoint:
2382 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2383 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
2384 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2385 ui_out_field_string
2386 (uiout, "reason",
2387 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2388 mention (b);
2389 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2390 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2391 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
2392 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2393 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2394 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2395 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2396 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2397 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
2398 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2399 break;
2400
2401 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2402 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2403 ui_out_field_string
2404 (uiout, "reason",
2405 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2406 mention (b);
2407 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2408 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2409 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2410 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
2411 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2412 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2413 break;
2414
2415 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2416 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2417 {
2418 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
2419 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2420 ui_out_field_string
2421 (uiout, "reason",
2422 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2423 mention (b);
2424 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2425 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2426 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
2427 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2428 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2429 }
2430 else
2431 {
2432 mention (b);
2433 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2434 ui_out_field_string
2435 (uiout, "reason",
2436 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2437 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2438 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2439 }
2440 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2441 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2442 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2443 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2444 break;
2445
2446 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
2447 here. */
2448
2449 case bp_finish:
2450 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2451 ui_out_field_string
2452 (uiout, "reason",
2453 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
2454 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2455 break;
2456
2457 case bp_until:
2458 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2459 ui_out_field_string
2460 (uiout, "reason",
2461 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
2462 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2463 break;
2464
2465 case bp_none:
2466 case bp_longjmp:
2467 case bp_longjmp_resume:
2468 case bp_step_resume:
2469 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2470 case bp_call_dummy:
2471 case bp_tracepoint:
2472 default:
2473 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2474 break;
2475 }
2476
2477 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2478 return result;
2479 }
2480
2481 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
2482 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
2483 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
2484 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
2485 normal_stop(). */
2486
2487 static enum print_stop_action
2488 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
2489 {
2490 switch (bs->print_it)
2491 {
2492 case print_it_noop:
2493 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
2494 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2495 break;
2496
2497 case print_it_done:
2498 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
2499 relevant messages. */
2500 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2501 break;
2502
2503 case print_it_normal:
2504 {
2505 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2506 struct breakpoint *b = bl ? bl->owner : NULL;
2507
2508 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
2509 print_it_typical. */
2510 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
2511 if (b != NULL && b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_it != NULL)
2512 return b->ops->print_it (b);
2513 else
2514 return print_it_typical (bs);
2515 }
2516 break;
2517
2518 default:
2519 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
2520 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
2521 break;
2522 }
2523 }
2524
2525 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
2526 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
2527 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
2528 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
2529 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
2530 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
2531 routine is one of:
2532
2533 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
2534 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
2535 code to print the location. An example is
2536 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
2537 the location.
2538 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
2539 to also print the location part of the message.
2540 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
2541 don't require a location appended to the end.
2542 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
2543 further info to be printed.*/
2544
2545 enum print_stop_action
2546 bpstat_print (bpstat bs)
2547 {
2548 int val;
2549
2550 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
2551 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
2552 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
2553 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
2554 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
2555 {
2556 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
2557 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
2558 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
2559 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
2560 return val;
2561 }
2562
2563 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
2564 with and nothing was printed. */
2565 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2566 }
2567
2568 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
2569 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
2570 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
2571 make it pass through catch_errors. */
2572
2573 static int
2574 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
2575 {
2576 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2577 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
2578 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2579 return i;
2580 }
2581
2582 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
2583
2584 static bpstat
2585 bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *bl, bpstat cbs /* Current "bs" value */ )
2586 {
2587 bpstat bs;
2588
2589 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
2590 cbs->next = bs;
2591 bs->breakpoint_at = bl;
2592 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
2593 bs->commands = NULL;
2594 bs->old_val = NULL;
2595 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
2596 return bs;
2597 }
2598 \f
2599 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
2600 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
2601
2602 int
2603 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
2604 {
2605 int stopped_by_watchpoint = STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (*ws);
2606 CORE_ADDR addr;
2607 struct breakpoint *b;
2608
2609 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
2610 {
2611 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
2612 as not triggered. */
2613 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2614 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2615 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2616 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2617 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
2618
2619 return 0;
2620 }
2621
2622 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
2623 {
2624 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
2625 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
2626 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2627 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2628 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2629 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2630 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
2631
2632 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
2633 }
2634
2635 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
2636 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
2637 triggered. */
2638
2639 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2640 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2641 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2642 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2643 {
2644 struct bp_location *loc;
2645 struct value *v;
2646
2647 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
2648 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2649 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
2650 sufficient. */
2651 if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
2652 addr, loc->address,
2653 loc->length))
2654 {
2655 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
2656 break;
2657 }
2658 }
2659
2660 return 1;
2661 }
2662
2663 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
2664 because of check_errors). */
2665 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
2666 #define WP_DELETED 1
2667 /* The value has changed. */
2668 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
2669 /* The value has not changed. */
2670 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
2671
2672 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
2673 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
2674
2675 /* Check watchpoint condition. */
2676
2677 static int
2678 watchpoint_check (void *p)
2679 {
2680 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
2681 struct breakpoint *b;
2682 struct frame_info *fr;
2683 int within_current_scope;
2684
2685 b = bs->breakpoint_at->owner;
2686
2687 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
2688 within_current_scope = 1;
2689 else
2690 {
2691 /* There is no current frame at this moment. If we're going to have
2692 any chance of handling watchpoints on local variables, we'll need
2693 the frame chain (so we can determine if we're in scope). */
2694 reinit_frame_cache ();
2695 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
2696 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
2697
2698 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
2699 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
2700 if (within_current_scope
2701 && (block_linkage_function (b->exp_valid_block)
2702 != get_frame_function (fr)))
2703 within_current_scope = 0;
2704
2705 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
2706 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
2707 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
2708 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
2709 state as `not changed' without further checking.
2710
2711 vinschen/2003-09-04: The former implementation left out the case
2712 that the watchpoint frame couldn't be found by frame_find_by_id()
2713 because the current PC is currently in an epilogue. Calling
2714 gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p() also when fr == NULL fixes that. */
2715 if ((!within_current_scope || fr == get_current_frame ())
2716 && gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (current_gdbarch, read_pc ()))
2717 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2718 if (fr && within_current_scope)
2719 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
2720 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
2721 the user. */
2722 select_frame (fr);
2723 }
2724
2725 if (within_current_scope)
2726 {
2727 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
2728 *long* time before we return to the command level and
2729 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
2730 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
2731
2732 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2733 struct value *new_val;
2734
2735 fetch_watchpoint_value (b->exp, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
2736 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
2737 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal (b->val, new_val)))
2738 {
2739 if (new_val != NULL)
2740 {
2741 release_value (new_val);
2742 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2743 }
2744 bs->old_val = b->val;
2745 b->val = new_val;
2746 b->val_valid = 1;
2747 /* We will stop here */
2748 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
2749 }
2750 else
2751 {
2752 /* Nothing changed, don't do anything. */
2753 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2754 /* We won't stop here */
2755 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2756 }
2757 }
2758 else
2759 {
2760 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
2761 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
2762 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
2763 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
2764 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
2765 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
2766 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
2767 the first value assigned). */
2768 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
2769 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
2770 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
2771 information here. */
2772 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2773 ui_out_field_string
2774 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
2775 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
2776 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->number);
2777 ui_out_text (uiout, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
2778 which its expression is valid.\n");
2779
2780 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2781 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2782 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2783
2784 return WP_DELETED;
2785 }
2786 }
2787
2788 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
2789 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
2790 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
2791 static int
2792 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
2793 {
2794 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
2795
2796 if (b->type != bp_watchpoint
2797 && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
2798 && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
2799 && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint
2800 && b->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint
2801 && b->type != bp_catchpoint) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
2802 {
2803 if (bl->address != bp_addr) /* address doesn't match */
2804 return 0;
2805 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
2806 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2807 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2808 return 0;
2809 }
2810
2811 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
2812 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
2813 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
2814 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
2815 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
2816 (did not match the data address). */
2817
2818 if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2819 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2820 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2821 && b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
2822 return 0;
2823
2824 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2825 {
2826 if (bl->address != bp_addr)
2827 return 0;
2828 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
2829 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2830 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2831 return 0;
2832 }
2833
2834 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
2835 {
2836 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->breakpoint_hit != NULL);
2837 if (!b->ops->breakpoint_hit (b))
2838 return 0;
2839 }
2840
2841 return 1;
2842 }
2843
2844 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
2845 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
2846 to 0. */
2847 static void
2848 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
2849 {
2850 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2851 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
2852
2853 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint
2854 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2855 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint
2856 || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
2857 {
2858 CORE_ADDR addr;
2859 struct value *v;
2860 int must_check_value = 0;
2861
2862 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
2863 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
2864 watched value. */
2865 must_check_value = 1;
2866 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
2867 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
2868 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
2869 this watchpoint. */
2870 must_check_value = 1;
2871 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
2872 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
2873 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
2874 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
2875 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
2876 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
2877 must_check_value = 1;
2878
2879 if (must_check_value)
2880 {
2881 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
2882 b->number);
2883 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2884 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
2885 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
2886 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2887 switch (e)
2888 {
2889 case WP_DELETED:
2890 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2891 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2892 /* Stop. */
2893 break;
2894 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
2895 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
2896 {
2897 /* Don't stop: read watchpoints shouldn't fire if
2898 the value has changed. This is for targets
2899 which cannot set read-only watchpoints. */
2900 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2901 bs->stop = 0;
2902 }
2903 break;
2904 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
2905 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2906 || b->type == bp_watchpoint)
2907 {
2908 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
2909 the value hasn't changed. */
2910 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2911 bs->stop = 0;
2912 }
2913 /* Stop. */
2914 break;
2915 default:
2916 /* Can't happen. */
2917 case 0:
2918 /* Error from catch_errors. */
2919 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->number);
2920 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2921 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2922 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2923 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2924 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2925 break;
2926 }
2927 }
2928 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
2929 {
2930 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
2931 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
2932 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
2933 anything for this watchpoint. */
2934 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2935 bs->stop = 0;
2936 }
2937 }
2938 }
2939
2940
2941 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
2942 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
2943 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
2944 static void
2945 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
2946 {
2947 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
2948 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2949 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
2950
2951 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
2952 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
2953 bs->stop = 0;
2954 else if (bs->stop)
2955 {
2956 int value_is_zero = 0;
2957
2958 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
2959 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
2960 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
2961 iteration. */
2962 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
2963 b->related_breakpoint->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
2964
2965 if (bl->cond && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2966 {
2967 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
2968 be a long time before we return to the command level and
2969 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
2970 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
2971 function call. */
2972 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2973
2974 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies
2975 so that the conditions will have the right context. */
2976 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
2977 value_is_zero
2978 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, (bl->cond),
2979 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
2980 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
2981 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
2982 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2983 }
2984 if (bl->cond && value_is_zero)
2985 {
2986 bs->stop = 0;
2987 }
2988 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
2989 {
2990 bs->stop = 0;
2991 }
2992 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
2993 {
2994 b->ignore_count--;
2995 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
2996 bs->stop = 0;
2997 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't
2998 stop. */
2999 ++(b->hit_count);
3000 }
3001 }
3002 }
3003
3004
3005 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
3006 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
3007
3008 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
3009 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
3010
3011 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
3012
3013 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
3014
3015 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
3016 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
3017 several reasons concurrently.)
3018
3019 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
3020 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
3021
3022 bpstat
3023 bpstat_stop_status (CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid)
3024 {
3025 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
3026 const struct bp_location *bl;
3027 struct bp_location *loc;
3028 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
3029 struct bpstats root_bs[1];
3030 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
3031 bpstat bs = root_bs;
3032 int ix;
3033 int need_remove_insert;
3034
3035 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl)
3036 {
3037 b = bl->owner;
3038 gdb_assert (b);
3039 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3040 continue;
3041
3042 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first location.
3043 The watchpoint_check function will work on entire expression,
3044 not the individual locations. For read watchopints, the
3045 watchpoints_triggered function have checked all locations
3046 alrea
3047 */
3048 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
3049 continue;
3050
3051 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, bp_addr))
3052 continue;
3053
3054 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
3055
3056 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, bs); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
3057
3058 /* Assume we stop. Should we find watchpoint that is not actually
3059 triggered, or if condition of breakpoint is false, we'll reset
3060 'stop' to 0. */
3061 bs->stop = 1;
3062 bs->print = 1;
3063
3064 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
3065 if (!bs->stop)
3066 continue;
3067
3068 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event)
3069 /* We do not stop for these. */
3070 bs->stop = 0;
3071 else
3072 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
3073
3074 if (bs->stop)
3075 {
3076 ++(b->hit_count);
3077
3078 /* We will stop here */
3079 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
3080 {
3081 if (b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3082 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3083 update_global_location_list (0);
3084 }
3085 if (b->silent)
3086 bs->print = 0;
3087 bs->commands = b->commands;
3088 if (bs->commands &&
3089 (strcmp ("silent", bs->commands->line) == 0
3090 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", bs->commands->line) == 0)))
3091 {
3092 bs->commands = bs->commands->next;
3093 bs->print = 0;
3094 }
3095 bs->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
3096 }
3097
3098 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or if we dont print. */
3099 if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
3100 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3101 }
3102
3103 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3104 {
3105 if (loc->address == bp_addr)
3106 {
3107 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, bs);
3108 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
3109 bs->stop = 0;
3110 bs->print = 0;
3111 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3112 }
3113 }
3114
3115 bs->next = NULL; /* Terminate the chain */
3116 bs = root_bs->next; /* Re-grab the head of the chain */
3117
3118 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
3119 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
3120 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
3121 done later. */
3122 for (bs = root_bs->next; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3123 if (bs->stop)
3124 break;
3125
3126 need_remove_insert = 0;
3127 if (bs == NULL)
3128 for (bs = root_bs->next; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3129 if (!bs->stop
3130 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner
3131 && (bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3132 || bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_read_watchpoint
3133 || bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
3134 {
3135 /* remove/insert can invalidate bs->breakpoint_at, if this
3136 location is no longer used by the watchpoint. Prevent
3137 further code from trying to use it. */
3138 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
3139 need_remove_insert = 1;
3140 }
3141
3142 if (need_remove_insert)
3143 {
3144 remove_breakpoints ();
3145 insert_breakpoints ();
3146 }
3147
3148 return root_bs->next;
3149 }
3150 \f
3151 /* Tell what to do about this bpstat. */
3152 struct bpstat_what
3153 bpstat_what (bpstat bs)
3154 {
3155 /* Classify each bpstat as one of the following. */
3156 enum class
3157 {
3158 /* This bpstat element has no effect on the main_action. */
3159 no_effect = 0,
3160
3161 /* There was a watchpoint, stop but don't print. */
3162 wp_silent,
3163
3164 /* There was a watchpoint, stop and print. */
3165 wp_noisy,
3166
3167 /* There was a breakpoint but we're not stopping. */
3168 bp_nostop,
3169
3170 /* There was a breakpoint, stop but don't print. */
3171 bp_silent,
3172
3173 /* There was a breakpoint, stop and print. */
3174 bp_noisy,
3175
3176 /* We hit the longjmp breakpoint. */
3177 long_jump,
3178
3179 /* We hit the longjmp_resume breakpoint. */
3180 long_resume,
3181
3182 /* We hit the step_resume breakpoint. */
3183 step_resume,
3184
3185 /* We hit the shared library event breakpoint. */
3186 shlib_event,
3187
3188 /* This is just used to count how many enums there are. */
3189 class_last
3190 };
3191
3192 /* Here is the table which drives this routine. So that we can
3193 format it pretty, we define some abbreviations for the
3194 enum bpstat_what codes. */
3195 #define kc BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
3196 #define ss BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
3197 #define sn BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3198 #define sgl BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
3199 #define slr BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
3200 #define clr BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
3201 #define sr BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
3202 #define shl BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS
3203
3204 /* "Can't happen." Might want to print an error message.
3205 abort() is not out of the question, but chances are GDB is just
3206 a bit confused, not unusable. */
3207 #define err BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3208
3209 /* Given an old action and a class, come up with a new action. */
3210 /* One interesting property of this table is that wp_silent is the same
3211 as bp_silent and wp_noisy is the same as bp_noisy. That is because
3212 after stopping, the check for whether to step over a breakpoint
3213 (BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE type stuff) is handled in proceed() without
3214 reference to how we stopped. We retain separate wp_silent and
3215 bp_silent codes in case we want to change that someday.
3216
3217 Another possibly interesting property of this table is that
3218 there's a partial ordering, priority-like, of the actions. Once
3219 you've decided that some action is appropriate, you'll never go
3220 back and decide something of a lower priority is better. The
3221 ordering is:
3222
3223 kc < clr sgl shl slr sn sr ss
3224 sgl < shl slr sn sr ss
3225 slr < err shl sn sr ss
3226 clr < err shl sn sr ss
3227 ss < shl sn sr
3228 sn < shl sr
3229 shl < sr
3230 sr <
3231
3232 What I think this means is that we don't need a damned table
3233 here. If you just put the rows and columns in the right order,
3234 it'd look awfully regular. We could simply walk the bpstat list
3235 and choose the highest priority action we find, with a little
3236 logic to handle the 'err' cases. */
3237
3238 /* step_resume entries: a step resume breakpoint overrides another
3239 breakpoint of signal handling (see comment in wait_for_inferior
3240 at where we set the step_resume breakpoint). */
3241
3242 static const enum bpstat_what_main_action
3243 table[(int) class_last][(int) BPSTAT_WHAT_LAST] =
3244 {
3245 /* old action */
3246 /* kc ss sn sgl slr clr sr shl
3247 */
3248 /*no_effect */
3249 {kc, ss, sn, sgl, slr, clr, sr, shl},
3250 /*wp_silent */
3251 {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl},
3252 /*wp_noisy */
3253 {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl},
3254 /*bp_nostop */
3255 {sgl, ss, sn, sgl, slr, slr, sr, shl},
3256 /*bp_silent */
3257 {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl},
3258 /*bp_noisy */
3259 {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl},
3260 /*long_jump */
3261 {slr, ss, sn, slr, slr, err, sr, shl},
3262 /*long_resume */
3263 {clr, ss, sn, err, err, err, sr, shl},
3264 /*step_resume */
3265 {sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr},
3266 /*shlib */
3267 {shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, sr, shl}
3268 };
3269
3270 #undef kc
3271 #undef ss
3272 #undef sn
3273 #undef sgl
3274 #undef slr
3275 #undef clr
3276 #undef err
3277 #undef sr
3278 #undef ts
3279 #undef shl
3280 enum bpstat_what_main_action current_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
3281 struct bpstat_what retval;
3282
3283 retval.call_dummy = 0;
3284 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3285 {
3286 enum class bs_class = no_effect;
3287 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
3288 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary breakpoint
3289 which has since been deleted. */
3290 continue;
3291 if (bs->breakpoint_at->owner == NULL)
3292 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3293 else
3294 switch (bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type)
3295 {
3296 case bp_none:
3297 continue;
3298
3299 case bp_breakpoint:
3300 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3301 case bp_until:
3302 case bp_finish:
3303 if (bs->stop)
3304 {
3305 if (bs->print)
3306 bs_class = bp_noisy;
3307 else
3308 bs_class = bp_silent;
3309 }
3310 else
3311 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3312 break;
3313 case bp_watchpoint:
3314 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3315 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3316 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3317 if (bs->stop)
3318 {
3319 if (bs->print)
3320 bs_class = wp_noisy;
3321 else
3322 bs_class = wp_silent;
3323 }
3324 else
3325 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3326 This requires no further action. */
3327 bs_class = no_effect;
3328 break;
3329 case bp_longjmp:
3330 bs_class = long_jump;
3331 break;
3332 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3333 bs_class = long_resume;
3334 break;
3335 case bp_step_resume:
3336 if (bs->stop)
3337 {
3338 bs_class = step_resume;
3339 }
3340 else
3341 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
3342 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3343 break;
3344 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3345 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3346 break;
3347 case bp_shlib_event:
3348 bs_class = shlib_event;
3349 break;
3350 case bp_thread_event:
3351 case bp_overlay_event:
3352 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3353 break;
3354 case bp_catchpoint:
3355 if (bs->stop)
3356 {
3357 if (bs->print)
3358 bs_class = bp_noisy;
3359 else
3360 bs_class = bp_silent;
3361 }
3362 else
3363 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3364 This requires no further action. */
3365 bs_class = no_effect;
3366 break;
3367 case bp_call_dummy:
3368 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
3369 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
3370 bs_class = bp_silent;
3371 retval.call_dummy = 1;
3372 break;
3373 case bp_tracepoint:
3374 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
3375 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
3376 out already. */
3377 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3378 _("bpstat_what: bp_tracepoint encountered"));
3379 break;
3380 }
3381 current_action = table[(int) bs_class][(int) current_action];
3382 }
3383 retval.main_action = current_action;
3384 return retval;
3385 }
3386
3387 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
3388 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
3389 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
3390
3391 int
3392 bpstat_should_step (void)
3393 {
3394 struct breakpoint *b;
3395 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3396 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
3397 return 1;
3398 return 0;
3399 }
3400
3401 \f
3402
3403 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
3404 struct bp_location *loc,
3405 char *wrap_indent,
3406 struct ui_stream *stb)
3407 {
3408 if (b->source_file)
3409 {
3410 struct symbol *sym
3411 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
3412 if (sym)
3413 {
3414 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
3415 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
3416 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
3417 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent);
3418 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
3419 }
3420 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", b->source_file);
3421 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
3422
3423 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3424 {
3425 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
3426 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
3427
3428 if (fullname)
3429 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
3430 }
3431
3432 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", b->line_number);
3433 }
3434 else if (!b->loc)
3435 {
3436 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
3437 }
3438 else
3439 {
3440 print_address_symbolic (loc->address, stb->stream, demangle, "");
3441 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
3442 }
3443 }
3444
3445 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
3446 static void
3447 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
3448 struct bp_location *loc,
3449 int loc_number,
3450 CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
3451 {
3452 struct command_line *l;
3453 struct symbol *sym;
3454 struct ep_type_description
3455 {
3456 enum bptype type;
3457 char *description;
3458 };
3459 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
3460 {
3461 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
3462 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
3463 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
3464 {bp_until, "until"},
3465 {bp_finish, "finish"},
3466 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
3467 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
3468 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
3469 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
3470 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
3471 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
3472 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
3473 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
3474 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
3475 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
3476 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
3477 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
3478 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
3479 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
3480 };
3481
3482 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
3483 char wrap_indent[80];
3484 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
3485 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
3486 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
3487
3488 int header_of_multiple = 0;
3489 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
3490 struct value_print_options opts;
3491
3492 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3493
3494 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
3495 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
3496 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
3497 location. */
3498 if (loc == NULL
3499 && (b->loc != NULL
3500 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
3501 header_of_multiple = 1;
3502 if (loc == NULL)
3503 loc = b->loc;
3504
3505 annotate_record ();
3506 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
3507
3508 /* 1 */
3509 annotate_field (0);
3510 if (part_of_multiple)
3511 {
3512 char *formatted;
3513 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
3514 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
3515 xfree (formatted);
3516 }
3517 else
3518 {
3519 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
3520 }
3521
3522 /* 2 */
3523 annotate_field (1);
3524 if (part_of_multiple)
3525 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
3526 else
3527 {
3528 if (((int) b->type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
3529 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
3530 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3531 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
3532 (int) b->type);
3533 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int) b->type].description);
3534 }
3535
3536 /* 3 */
3537 annotate_field (2);
3538 if (part_of_multiple)
3539 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
3540 else
3541 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
3542
3543
3544 /* 4 */
3545 annotate_field (3);
3546 if (part_of_multiple)
3547 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
3548 else
3549 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
3550 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
3551 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
3552
3553
3554 /* 5 and 6 */
3555 strcpy (wrap_indent, " ");
3556 if (opts.addressprint)
3557 {
3558 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
3559 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
3560 else
3561 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
3562 }
3563
3564 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
3565 {
3566 /* Although the print_one can possibly print
3567 all locations, calling it here is not likely
3568 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's
3569 just one location. */
3570 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
3571 b->ops->print_one (b, last_addr);
3572 }
3573 else
3574 switch (b->type)
3575 {
3576 case bp_none:
3577 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3578 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
3579 break;
3580
3581 case bp_watchpoint:
3582 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3583 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3584 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3585 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3586 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3587 is relatively readable). */
3588 if (opts.addressprint)
3589 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3590 annotate_field (5);
3591 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exp_string);
3592 break;
3593
3594 case bp_breakpoint:
3595 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3596 case bp_until:
3597 case bp_finish:
3598 case bp_longjmp:
3599 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3600 case bp_step_resume:
3601 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3602 case bp_call_dummy:
3603 case bp_shlib_event:
3604 case bp_thread_event:
3605 case bp_overlay_event:
3606 case bp_tracepoint:
3607 if (opts.addressprint)
3608 {
3609 annotate_field (4);
3610 if (header_of_multiple)
3611 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
3612 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
3613 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
3614 else
3615 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", loc->address);
3616 }
3617 annotate_field (5);
3618 if (!header_of_multiple)
3619 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc, wrap_indent, stb);
3620 if (b->loc)
3621 *last_addr = b->loc->address;
3622 break;
3623 }
3624
3625 if (!part_of_multiple)
3626 {
3627 if (b->thread != -1)
3628 {
3629 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
3630 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
3631 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
3632 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3633 }
3634 else if (b->task != 0)
3635 {
3636 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
3637 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
3638 }
3639 }
3640
3641 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3642
3643 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
3644 {
3645 annotate_field (6);
3646 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
3647 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
3648 the frame ID. */
3649 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame", b->frame_id.stack_addr);
3650 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3651 }
3652
3653 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string && !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b))
3654 {
3655 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
3656 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
3657 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
3658 annotate_field (7);
3659 if (b->type == bp_tracepoint)
3660 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
3661 else
3662 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
3663 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
3664 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3665 }
3666
3667 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
3668 {
3669 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3670 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
3671 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3672 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3673 }
3674
3675 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
3676 {
3677 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3678 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
3679 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
3680 else
3681 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
3682 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
3683 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3684 if (b->hit_count == 1)
3685 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
3686 else
3687 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
3688 }
3689
3690 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
3691 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
3692 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3693 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
3694 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3695
3696 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
3697 {
3698 annotate_field (8);
3699 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
3700 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
3701 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
3702 }
3703
3704 if (!part_of_multiple && (l = b->commands))
3705 {
3706 struct cleanup *script_chain;
3707
3708 annotate_field (9);
3709 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
3710 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
3711 do_cleanups (script_chain);
3712 }
3713
3714 if (!part_of_multiple && b->pass_count)
3715 {
3716 annotate_field (10);
3717 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
3718 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", b->pass_count);
3719 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
3720 }
3721
3722 if (!part_of_multiple && b->step_count)
3723 {
3724 annotate_field (11);
3725 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstep count ");
3726 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "step", b->step_count);
3727 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
3728 }
3729
3730 if (!part_of_multiple && b->actions)
3731 {
3732 struct action_line *action;
3733 annotate_field (12);
3734 for (action = b->actions; action; action = action->next)
3735 {
3736 ui_out_text (uiout, " A\t");
3737 ui_out_text (uiout, action->action);
3738 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3739 }
3740 }
3741
3742 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
3743 {
3744 if (b->addr_string)
3745 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
3746 else if (b->exp_string)
3747 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->exp_string);
3748 }
3749
3750 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
3751 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3752 }
3753
3754 static void
3755 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
3756 CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
3757 {
3758 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_addr);
3759
3760 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
3761 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
3762 locations, if any. */
3763 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
3764 {
3765 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
3766 disabled, we print it as if it had
3767 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
3768 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
3769 situation.
3770 Note that while hardware watchpoints have
3771 several locations internally, that's no a property
3772 exposed to user. */
3773 if (b->loc
3774 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
3775 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled)
3776 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3777 {
3778 struct bp_location *loc;
3779 int n = 1;
3780 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
3781 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_addr);
3782 }
3783 }
3784 }
3785
3786
3787 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
3788 {
3789 int bnum;
3790 };
3791
3792 static int
3793 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
3794 {
3795 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
3796 struct breakpoint *b;
3797 CORE_ADDR dummy_addr = 0;
3798 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3799 {
3800 if (args->bnum == b->number)
3801 {
3802 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_addr);
3803 return GDB_RC_OK;
3804 }
3805 }
3806 return GDB_RC_NONE;
3807 }
3808
3809 enum gdb_rc
3810 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum, char **error_message)
3811 {
3812 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
3813 args.bnum = bnum;
3814 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
3815 an error. */
3816 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
3817 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
3818 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
3819 else
3820 return GDB_RC_OK;
3821 }
3822
3823 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
3824 catchpoints, et.al.). */
3825
3826 static int
3827 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
3828 {
3829 return (b->type == bp_breakpoint
3830 || b->type == bp_catchpoint
3831 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
3832 || b->type == bp_tracepoint
3833 || b->type == bp_watchpoint
3834 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
3835 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint
3836 || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint);
3837 }
3838
3839 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
3840 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user settable breakpoints.
3841 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non- user settable breakpoints. */
3842
3843 static void
3844 breakpoint_1 (int bnum, int allflag)
3845 {
3846 struct breakpoint *b;
3847 CORE_ADDR last_addr = (CORE_ADDR) -1;
3848 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
3849 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
3850 struct value_print_options opts;
3851
3852 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3853
3854 /* Compute the number of rows in the table. */
3855 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
3856 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3857 if (bnum == -1
3858 || bnum == b->number)
3859 {
3860 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
3861 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
3862 }
3863
3864 if (opts.addressprint)
3865 bkpttbl_chain
3866 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3867 "BreakpointTable");
3868 else
3869 bkpttbl_chain
3870 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3871 "BreakpointTable");
3872
3873 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3874 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
3875 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3876 annotate_field (0);
3877 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
3878 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3879 annotate_field (1);
3880 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
3881 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3882 annotate_field (2);
3883 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
3884 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3885 annotate_field (3);
3886 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
3887 if (opts.addressprint)
3888 {
3889 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3890 annotate_field (4);
3891 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
3892 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
3893 else
3894 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
3895 }
3896 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3897 annotate_field (5);
3898 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
3899 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
3900 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3901 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
3902
3903 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3904 if (bnum == -1
3905 || bnum == b->number)
3906 {
3907 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
3908 allflag is set. */
3909 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
3910 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_addr);
3911 }
3912
3913 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
3914
3915 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
3916 {
3917 if (bnum == -1)
3918 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
3919 else
3920 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
3921 bnum);
3922 }
3923 else
3924 {
3925 /* Compare against (CORE_ADDR)-1 in case some compiler decides
3926 that a comparison of an unsigned with -1 is always false. */
3927 if (last_addr != (CORE_ADDR) -1 && !server_command)
3928 set_next_address (current_gdbarch, last_addr);
3929 }
3930
3931 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
3932 there have been breakpoints? */
3933 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
3934 }
3935
3936 static void
3937 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
3938 {
3939 int bnum = -1;
3940
3941 if (bnum_exp)
3942 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
3943
3944 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 0);
3945 }
3946
3947 static void
3948 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
3949 {
3950 int bnum = -1;
3951
3952 if (bnum_exp)
3953 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
3954
3955 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 1);
3956 }
3957
3958 static int
3959 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
3960 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
3961 {
3962 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
3963 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
3964 {
3965 if (bl->address == pc
3966 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
3967 return 1;
3968 }
3969 return 0;
3970 }
3971
3972 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. */
3973
3974 static void
3975 describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section,
3976 int thread)
3977 {
3978 int others = 0;
3979 struct breakpoint *b;
3980
3981 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3982 others += breakpoint_has_pc (b, pc, section);
3983 if (others > 0)
3984 {
3985 if (others == 1)
3986 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
3987 else /* if (others == ???) */
3988 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
3989 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3990 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b, pc, section))
3991 {
3992 others--;
3993 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
3994 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
3995 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
3996 else if (b->thread != -1)
3997 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
3998 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
3999 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled ||
4000 b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
4001 ? " (disabled)"
4002 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
4003 ? " (permanent)"
4004 : ""),
4005 (others > 1) ? ","
4006 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
4007 }
4008 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
4009 fputs_filtered (paddress (pc), gdb_stdout);
4010 printf_filtered (".\n");
4011 }
4012 }
4013 \f
4014 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
4015 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
4016
4017 void
4018 set_default_breakpoint (int valid, CORE_ADDR addr, struct symtab *symtab,
4019 int line)
4020 {
4021 default_breakpoint_valid = valid;
4022 default_breakpoint_address = addr;
4023 default_breakpoint_symtab = symtab;
4024 default_breakpoint_line = line;
4025 }
4026
4027 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
4028 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
4029 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
4030 (or use it for any other purpose either).
4031
4032 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
4033 have a zero valued address and we don't want check_duplicates() to mark
4034 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
4035 breakpoint at address zero:
4036
4037 bp_watchpoint
4038 bp_hardware_watchpoint
4039 bp_read_watchpoint
4040 bp_access_watchpoint
4041 bp_catchpoint */
4042
4043 static int
4044 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4045 {
4046 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
4047
4048 return (type != bp_watchpoint
4049 && type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4050 && type != bp_read_watchpoint
4051 && type != bp_access_watchpoint
4052 && type != bp_catchpoint);
4053 }
4054
4055 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section as BPT,
4056 marking the first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates".
4057 This is so that the bpt instruction is only inserted once.
4058 If we have a permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make
4059 that one the official one, and the rest as duplicates. */
4060
4061 static void
4062 check_duplicates_for (CORE_ADDR address, struct obj_section *section)
4063 {
4064 struct bp_location *b;
4065 int count = 0;
4066 struct bp_location *perm_bp = 0;
4067
4068 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
4069 if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
4070 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
4071 && b->enabled
4072 && !b->shlib_disabled
4073 && b->address == address /* address / overlay match */
4074 && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
4075 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
4076 {
4077 /* Have we found a permanent breakpoint? */
4078 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4079 {
4080 perm_bp = b;
4081 break;
4082 }
4083
4084 count++;
4085 b->duplicate = count > 1;
4086 }
4087
4088 /* If we found a permanent breakpoint at this address, go over the
4089 list again and declare all the other breakpoints there (except
4090 other permanent breakpoints) to be the duplicates. */
4091 if (perm_bp)
4092 {
4093 perm_bp->duplicate = 0;
4094
4095 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
4096 if (! perm_bp->inserted)
4097 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4098 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
4099 "actually inserted"));
4100
4101 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
4102 if (b != perm_bp)
4103 {
4104 if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent
4105 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
4106 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
4107 && b->enabled && !b->shlib_disabled
4108 && b->address == address /* address / overlay match */
4109 && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
4110 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
4111 {
4112 if (b->inserted)
4113 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4114 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
4115 "a permanent breakpoint"));
4116
4117 b->duplicate = 1;
4118 }
4119 }
4120 }
4121 }
4122
4123 static void
4124 check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4125 {
4126 struct bp_location *bl = bpt->loc;
4127
4128 if (! breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (bpt))
4129 return;
4130
4131 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
4132 check_duplicates_for (bl->address, bl->section);
4133 }
4134
4135 static void
4136 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
4137 int bnum, int have_bnum)
4138 {
4139 char astr1[40];
4140 char astr2[40];
4141
4142 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
4143 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
4144 if (have_bnum)
4145 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
4146 bnum, astr1, astr2);
4147 else
4148 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
4149 }
4150
4151 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
4152 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
4153 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
4154 this function is simply the identity function. */
4155
4156 static CORE_ADDR
4157 adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
4158 {
4159 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (current_gdbarch))
4160 {
4161 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
4162 return bpaddr;
4163 }
4164 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
4165 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4166 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
4167 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
4168 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
4169 {
4170 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
4171 have their addresses modified. */
4172 return bpaddr;
4173 }
4174 else
4175 {
4176 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
4177
4178 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
4179 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
4180 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (current_gdbarch,
4181 bpaddr);
4182
4183 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
4184 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
4185 is required. */
4186 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
4187 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
4188
4189 return adjusted_bpaddr;
4190 }
4191 }
4192
4193 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
4194
4195 static struct bp_location *
4196 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4197 {
4198 struct bp_location *loc, *loc_p;
4199
4200 loc = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location));
4201 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
4202
4203 loc->owner = bpt;
4204 loc->cond = NULL;
4205 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
4206 loc->enabled = 1;
4207
4208 switch (bpt->type)
4209 {
4210 case bp_breakpoint:
4211 case bp_tracepoint:
4212 case bp_until:
4213 case bp_finish:
4214 case bp_longjmp:
4215 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4216 case bp_step_resume:
4217 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4218 case bp_call_dummy:
4219 case bp_shlib_event:
4220 case bp_thread_event:
4221 case bp_overlay_event:
4222 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
4223 break;
4224 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4225 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
4226 break;
4227 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4228 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4229 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4230 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
4231 break;
4232 case bp_watchpoint:
4233 case bp_catchpoint:
4234 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
4235 break;
4236 default:
4237 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
4238 }
4239
4240 return loc;
4241 }
4242
4243 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
4244 {
4245 if (loc->cond)
4246 xfree (loc->cond);
4247
4248 if (loc->function_name)
4249 xfree (loc->function_name);
4250
4251 xfree (loc);
4252 }
4253
4254 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
4255 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
4256
4257 static struct breakpoint *
4258 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (enum bptype bptype)
4259 {
4260 struct breakpoint *b, *b1;
4261
4262 b = (struct breakpoint *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint));
4263 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
4264
4265 b->type = bptype;
4266 b->language = current_language->la_language;
4267 b->input_radix = input_radix;
4268 b->thread = -1;
4269 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4270 b->next = 0;
4271 b->silent = 0;
4272 b->ignore_count = 0;
4273 b->commands = NULL;
4274 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
4275 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
4276 b->exec_pathname = NULL;
4277 b->ops = NULL;
4278 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
4279
4280 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
4281 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
4282 of increasing numbers. */
4283
4284 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
4285 if (b1 == 0)
4286 breakpoint_chain = b;
4287 else
4288 {
4289 while (b1->next)
4290 b1 = b1->next;
4291 b1->next = b;
4292 }
4293 return b;
4294 }
4295
4296 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
4297 static void
4298 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc)
4299 {
4300 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
4301 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
4302 || loc->owner->type == bp_tracepoint)
4303 {
4304 find_pc_partial_function (loc->address, &(loc->function_name),
4305 NULL, NULL);
4306 if (loc->function_name)
4307 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
4308 }
4309 }
4310
4311 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
4312 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
4313 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
4314 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
4315 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
4316 is also returned as the value of this function.
4317
4318 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
4319 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
4320 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
4321 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
4322 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
4323 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
4324 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
4325
4326 struct breakpoint *
4327 set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype)
4328 {
4329 struct breakpoint *b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (bptype);
4330 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
4331
4332 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
4333 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
4334 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
4335 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
4336 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
4337 location that's only been partially initialized. */
4338 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (sal.pc, b->type);
4339
4340 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
4341 b->loc->requested_address = sal.pc;
4342 b->loc->address = adjusted_address;
4343
4344 if (sal.symtab == NULL)
4345 b->source_file = NULL;
4346 else
4347 b->source_file = savestring (sal.symtab->filename,
4348 strlen (sal.symtab->filename));
4349 b->loc->section = sal.section;
4350 b->line_number = sal.line;
4351
4352 set_breakpoint_location_function (b->loc);
4353
4354 breakpoints_changed ();
4355
4356 return b;
4357 }
4358
4359
4360 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
4361 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
4362 void
4363 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
4364 {
4365 struct bp_location *bl;
4366 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
4367
4368 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
4369 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
4370 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
4371 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
4372 but it's easy to implmement. */
4373 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
4374 bl->inserted = 1;
4375 }
4376
4377 static struct breakpoint *
4378 create_internal_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type)
4379 {
4380 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
4381 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4382 struct breakpoint *b;
4383
4384 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
4385
4386 sal.pc = address;
4387 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
4388
4389 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
4390 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
4391 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
4392
4393 return b;
4394 }
4395
4396
4397 static void
4398 create_longjmp_breakpoint (char *func_name)
4399 {
4400 struct minimal_symbol *m;
4401
4402 if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, NULL)) == NULL)
4403 return;
4404 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m), bp_longjmp);
4405 update_global_location_list (1);
4406 }
4407
4408 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
4409 if we do a longjmp(). When we hit that breakpoint, call
4410 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
4411
4412 void
4413 set_longjmp_breakpoint (void)
4414 {
4415 if (gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (current_gdbarch))
4416 {
4417 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("longjmp");
4418 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
4419 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
4420 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
4421 }
4422 }
4423
4424 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
4425 void
4426 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
4427 {
4428 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4429
4430 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4431 if (b->type == bp_longjmp)
4432 {
4433 if (b->thread == thread)
4434 delete_breakpoint (b);
4435 }
4436 }
4437
4438 static void
4439 create_overlay_event_breakpoint_1 (char *func_name, struct objfile *objfile)
4440 {
4441 struct breakpoint *b;
4442 struct minimal_symbol *m;
4443
4444 if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile)) == NULL)
4445 return;
4446
4447 b = create_internal_breakpoint (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m),
4448 bp_overlay_event);
4449 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
4450
4451 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
4452 {
4453 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4454 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
4455 }
4456 else
4457 {
4458 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4459 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
4460 }
4461 update_global_location_list (1);
4462 }
4463
4464 static void
4465 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name)
4466 {
4467 struct objfile *objfile;
4468 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
4469 create_overlay_event_breakpoint_1 (func_name, objfile);
4470 }
4471
4472 void
4473 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4474 {
4475 struct breakpoint *b;
4476
4477 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4478 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4479 {
4480 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4481 update_global_location_list (1);
4482 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
4483 }
4484 }
4485
4486 void
4487 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4488 {
4489 struct breakpoint *b;
4490
4491 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4492 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4493 {
4494 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4495 update_global_location_list (0);
4496 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
4497 }
4498 }
4499
4500 struct breakpoint *
4501 create_thread_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4502 {
4503 struct breakpoint *b;
4504
4505 b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_thread_event);
4506
4507 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4508 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
4509 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
4510
4511 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4512
4513 return b;
4514 }
4515
4516 void
4517 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
4518 {
4519 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4520
4521 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4522 if (b->type == bp_thread_event)
4523 delete_breakpoint (b);
4524 }
4525
4526 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
4527 {
4528 char **arg_p;
4529 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals_p;
4530 char ***addr_string_p;
4531 int *not_found_ptr;
4532 };
4533
4534 struct lang_and_radix
4535 {
4536 enum language lang;
4537 int radix;
4538 };
4539
4540
4541 void
4542 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
4543 {
4544 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4545
4546 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4547 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
4548 delete_breakpoint (b);
4549 }
4550
4551 struct breakpoint *
4552 create_solib_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4553 {
4554 struct breakpoint *b;
4555
4556 b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_shlib_event);
4557 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4558 return b;
4559 }
4560
4561 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
4562 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4563
4564 void
4565 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
4566 {
4567 struct bp_location *loc;
4568
4569 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc)
4570 {
4571 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
4572 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
4573 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
4574 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
4575 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
4576 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
4577 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
4578 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
4579 || (b->type == bp_tracepoint))
4580 && !loc->shlib_disabled
4581 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
4582 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
4583 #else
4584 && solib_name_from_address (loc->address)
4585 #endif
4586 )
4587 {
4588 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
4589 }
4590 }
4591 }
4592
4593 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
4594 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4595
4596 static void
4597 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
4598 {
4599 struct bp_location *loc;
4600 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
4601
4602 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
4603 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
4604 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
4605 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
4606 if (exec_bfd != NULL
4607 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
4608 return;
4609
4610 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc)
4611 {
4612 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
4613 if ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4614 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4615 && !loc->shlib_disabled
4616 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
4617 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
4618 {
4619 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
4620 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
4621 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
4622 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
4623 loc->inserted = 0;
4624 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
4625 {
4626 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4627 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
4628 solib->so_name);
4629 }
4630 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
4631 }
4632 }
4633 }
4634
4635 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
4636
4637 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
4638
4639 static void
4640 insert_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
4641 {
4642 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4643 }
4644
4645 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
4646
4647 static int
4648 remove_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
4649 {
4650 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4651 }
4652
4653 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
4654 catchpoints. */
4655
4656 static int
4657 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
4658 {
4659 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid, &b->forked_inferior_pid);
4660 }
4661
4662 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
4663
4664 static enum print_stop_action
4665 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
4666 {
4667 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
4668 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
4669 b->number, ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
4670 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4671 }
4672
4673 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
4674
4675 static void
4676 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
4677 {
4678 struct value_print_options opts;
4679
4680 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4681
4682 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4683 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4684 is relatively readable). */
4685 if (opts.addressprint)
4686 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4687 annotate_field (5);
4688 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
4689 if (!ptid_equal (b->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
4690 {
4691 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
4692 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
4693 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
4694 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
4695 }
4696 }
4697
4698 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
4699 catchpoints. */
4700
4701 static void
4702 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
4703 {
4704 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
4705 }
4706
4707 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
4708
4709 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops =
4710 {
4711 insert_catch_fork,
4712 remove_catch_fork,
4713 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork,
4714 print_it_catch_fork,
4715 print_one_catch_fork,
4716 print_mention_catch_fork
4717 };
4718
4719 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
4720
4721 static void
4722 insert_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
4723 {
4724 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4725 }
4726
4727 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
4728
4729 static int
4730 remove_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
4731 {
4732 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4733 }
4734
4735 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
4736 catchpoints. */
4737
4738 static int
4739 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
4740 {
4741 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid, &b->forked_inferior_pid);
4742 }
4743
4744 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
4745
4746 static enum print_stop_action
4747 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
4748 {
4749 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
4750 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
4751 b->number, ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
4752 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4753 }
4754
4755 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
4756
4757 static void
4758 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
4759 {
4760 struct value_print_options opts;
4761
4762 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4763 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4764 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4765 is relatively readable). */
4766 if (opts.addressprint)
4767 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4768 annotate_field (5);
4769 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
4770 if (!ptid_equal (b->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
4771 {
4772 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
4773 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
4774 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
4775 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
4776 }
4777 }
4778
4779 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
4780 catchpoints. */
4781
4782 static void
4783 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
4784 {
4785 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
4786 }
4787
4788 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
4789
4790 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops =
4791 {
4792 insert_catch_vfork,
4793 remove_catch_vfork,
4794 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork,
4795 print_it_catch_vfork,
4796 print_one_catch_vfork,
4797 print_mention_catch_vfork
4798 };
4799
4800 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
4801
4802 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
4803 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
4804 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
4805 to the catchpoint. */
4806
4807 static struct breakpoint *
4808 create_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
4809 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
4810 {
4811 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4812 struct breakpoint *b;
4813
4814 init_sal (&sal);
4815 sal.pc = 0;
4816 sal.symtab = NULL;
4817 sal.line = 0;
4818
4819 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_catchpoint);
4820 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
4821 b->number = breakpoint_count;
4822
4823 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
4824 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
4825 b->thread = -1;
4826 b->addr_string = NULL;
4827 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4828 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
4829 b->ops = ops;
4830
4831 mention (b);
4832 update_global_location_list (1);
4833
4834 return b;
4835 }
4836
4837 static void
4838 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
4839 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
4840 {
4841 struct breakpoint *b = create_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, ops);
4842
4843 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
4844 area. */
4845 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
4846 }
4847
4848 /* Exec catchpoints. */
4849
4850 static void
4851 insert_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
4852 {
4853 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4854 }
4855
4856 static int
4857 remove_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
4858 {
4859 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4860 }
4861
4862 static int
4863 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
4864 {
4865 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid, &b->exec_pathname);
4866 }
4867
4868 static enum print_stop_action
4869 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
4870 {
4871 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
4872 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b->number,
4873 b->exec_pathname);
4874 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4875 }
4876
4877 static void
4878 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
4879 {
4880 struct value_print_options opts;
4881
4882 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4883
4884 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4885 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4886 is relatively readable). */
4887 if (opts.addressprint)
4888 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4889 annotate_field (5);
4890 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
4891 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
4892 {
4893 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
4894 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
4895 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
4896 }
4897 }
4898
4899 static void
4900 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
4901 {
4902 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
4903 }
4904
4905 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops =
4906 {
4907 insert_catch_exec,
4908 remove_catch_exec,
4909 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec,
4910 print_it_catch_exec,
4911 print_one_catch_exec,
4912 print_mention_catch_exec
4913 };
4914
4915 static int
4916 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
4917 {
4918 struct breakpoint *b;
4919 int i = 0;
4920
4921 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4922 {
4923 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
4924 i++;
4925 }
4926
4927 return i;
4928 }
4929
4930 static int
4931 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
4932 {
4933 struct breakpoint *b;
4934 int i = 0;
4935
4936 *other_type_used = 0;
4937 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4938 {
4939 if (breakpoint_enabled (b))
4940 {
4941 if (b->type == type)
4942 i++;
4943 else if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
4944 b->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
4945 b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4946 *other_type_used = 1;
4947 }
4948 }
4949 return i;
4950 }
4951
4952 void
4953 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
4954 {
4955 struct breakpoint *b;
4956
4957 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4958 {
4959 if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4960 || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4961 || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4962 || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4963 && breakpoint_enabled (b))
4964 {
4965 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
4966 update_global_location_list (0);
4967 }
4968 }
4969 }
4970
4971 void
4972 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
4973 {
4974 struct breakpoint *b;
4975
4976 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4977 {
4978 if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4979 || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4980 || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4981 || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4982 && (b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled))
4983 {
4984 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4985 update_global_location_list (1);
4986 }
4987 }
4988 }
4989
4990
4991 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
4992 at address specified by SAL.
4993 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
4994
4995 struct breakpoint *
4996 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, struct frame_id frame_id,
4997 enum bptype type)
4998 {
4999 struct breakpoint *b;
5000 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
5001 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5002 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
5003 b->frame_id = frame_id;
5004
5005 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
5006 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
5007 single thread of control. */
5008 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
5009 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
5010
5011 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5012
5013 return b;
5014 }
5015
5016 struct breakpoint *
5017 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (CORE_ADDR pc, enum bptype type)
5018 {
5019 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5020
5021 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
5022 sal.pc = pc;
5023 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
5024 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
5025
5026 return set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, null_frame_id, type);
5027 }
5028 \f
5029
5030 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
5031
5032 static void
5033 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
5034 {
5035 int say_where = 0;
5036 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
5037 struct value_print_options opts;
5038
5039 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5040
5041 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
5042 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
5043 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
5044 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook. */
5045 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b->number);
5046
5047 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_mention != NULL)
5048 b->ops->print_mention (b);
5049 else
5050 switch (b->type)
5051 {
5052 case bp_none:
5053 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b->number);
5054 break;
5055 case bp_watchpoint:
5056 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
5057 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
5058 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5059 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
5060 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
5061 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
5062 break;
5063 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5064 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
5065 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
5066 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5067 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
5068 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
5069 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
5070 break;
5071 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5072 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
5073 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
5074 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5075 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
5076 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
5077 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
5078 break;
5079 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5080 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
5081 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
5082 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5083 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
5084 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
5085 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
5086 break;
5087 case bp_breakpoint:
5088 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5089 {
5090 say_where = 0;
5091 break;
5092 }
5093 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
5094 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
5095 else
5096 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
5097 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
5098 say_where = 1;
5099 break;
5100 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5101 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5102 {
5103 say_where = 0;
5104 break;
5105 }
5106 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
5107 say_where = 1;
5108 break;
5109 case bp_tracepoint:
5110 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5111 {
5112 say_where = 0;
5113 break;
5114 }
5115 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
5116 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
5117 say_where = 1;
5118 break;
5119
5120 case bp_until:
5121 case bp_finish:
5122 case bp_longjmp:
5123 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5124 case bp_step_resume:
5125 case bp_call_dummy:
5126 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5127 case bp_shlib_event:
5128 case bp_thread_event:
5129 case bp_overlay_event:
5130 break;
5131 }
5132
5133 if (say_where)
5134 {
5135 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
5136 single string. */
5137 if (b->loc == NULL)
5138 {
5139 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
5140 }
5141 else
5142 {
5143 if (opts.addressprint || b->source_file == NULL)
5144 {
5145 printf_filtered (" at ");
5146 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->address), gdb_stdout);
5147 }
5148 if (b->source_file)
5149 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
5150 b->source_file, b->line_number);
5151
5152 if (b->loc->next)
5153 {
5154 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
5155 int n = 0;
5156 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
5157 ++n;
5158 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
5159 }
5160
5161 }
5162 }
5163 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5164 return;
5165 printf_filtered ("\n");
5166 }
5167 \f
5168
5169 static struct bp_location *
5170 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
5171 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5172 {
5173 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
5174
5175 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
5176 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
5177 ;
5178 *tmp = loc;
5179 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
5180 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->requested_address, b->type);
5181 loc->section = sal->section;
5182
5183 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc);
5184 return loc;
5185 }
5186 \f
5187
5188 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
5189 return 0 otherwise. */
5190
5191 static int
5192 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
5193 {
5194 int len;
5195 CORE_ADDR addr;
5196 const gdb_byte *brk;
5197 gdb_byte *target_mem;
5198 struct cleanup *cleanup;
5199 int retval = 0;
5200
5201 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
5202
5203 addr = loc->address;
5204 brk = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (current_gdbarch, &addr, &len);
5205
5206 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
5207 if (brk == NULL)
5208 return 0;
5209
5210 target_mem = alloca (len);
5211
5212 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
5213 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
5214 breakpoints they are permanent. */
5215 cleanup = make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
5216
5217 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
5218 && memcmp (target_mem, brk, len) == 0)
5219 retval = 1;
5220
5221 do_cleanups (cleanup);
5222
5223 return retval;
5224 }
5225
5226
5227
5228 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
5229 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
5230 as condition expression. */
5231
5232 static void
5233 create_breakpoint (struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
5234 char *cond_string,
5235 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
5236 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
5237 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty, int enabled)
5238 {
5239 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5240 int i;
5241
5242 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
5243 {
5244 int i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
5245 int target_resources_ok =
5246 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
5247 i + 1, 0);
5248 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
5249 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
5250 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
5251 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
5252 }
5253
5254 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
5255 {
5256 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
5257 struct bp_location *loc;
5258
5259 if (from_tty)
5260 describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
5261
5262 if (i == 0)
5263 {
5264 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
5265 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5266 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5267 b->thread = thread;
5268 b->task = task;
5269
5270 b->cond_string = cond_string;
5271 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
5272 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
5273 b->disposition = disposition;
5274
5275 loc = b->loc;
5276 }
5277 else
5278 {
5279 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
5280 }
5281
5282 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
5283 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
5284
5285 if (b->cond_string)
5286 {
5287 char *arg = b->cond_string;
5288 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
5289 if (*arg)
5290 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
5291 }
5292 }
5293
5294 if (addr_string)
5295 b->addr_string = addr_string;
5296 else
5297 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
5298 me. */
5299 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
5300
5301 b->ops = ops;
5302 mention (b);
5303 }
5304
5305 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
5306 elements to fill the void space. */
5307 static void
5308 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines *sal, int index_to_remove)
5309 {
5310 int i = index_to_remove+1;
5311 int last_index = sal->nelts-1;
5312
5313 for (;i <= last_index; ++i)
5314 sal->sals[i-1] = sal->sals[i];
5315
5316 --(sal->nelts);
5317 }
5318
5319 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond
5320 to the same file and line as SAL. This is done
5321 only if SAL does not have explicit PC and has
5322 line and file information. If we got just a single
5323 expanded sal, return the original.
5324
5325 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out
5326 all sals for which the name of enclosing function
5327 is different from SAL. This makes sure that if we have
5328 breakpoint originally set in template instantiation, say
5329 foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at the same
5330 line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'.
5331
5332 */
5333 static struct symtabs_and_lines
5334 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5335 {
5336 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
5337 CORE_ADDR original_pc = sal.pc;
5338 char *original_function = NULL;
5339 int found;
5340 int i;
5341
5342 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
5343 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
5344 if (sal.explicit_pc || sal.line == 0 || sal.symtab == NULL)
5345 {
5346 expanded.nelts = 1;
5347 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5348 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5349 return expanded;
5350 }
5351
5352 sal.pc = 0;
5353 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc, &original_function, NULL, NULL);
5354
5355 expanded = expand_line_sal (sal);
5356 if (expanded.nelts == 1)
5357 {
5358 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Without futher
5359 processing, just return the original sal. */
5360 xfree (expanded.sals);
5361 expanded.nelts = 1;
5362 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5363 sal.pc = original_pc;
5364 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5365 return expanded;
5366 }
5367
5368 if (!sal.explicit_line)
5369 {
5370 CORE_ADDR func_addr, func_end;
5371 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
5372 {
5373 CORE_ADDR pc = expanded.sals[i].pc;
5374 char *this_function;
5375 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc, &this_function,
5376 &func_addr, &func_end))
5377 {
5378 if (this_function &&
5379 strcmp (this_function, original_function) != 0)
5380 {
5381 remove_sal (&expanded, i);
5382 --i;
5383 }
5384 else if (func_addr == pc)
5385 {
5386 /* We're at beginning of a function, and should
5387 skip prologue. */
5388 struct symbol *sym = find_pc_function (pc);
5389 if (sym)
5390 expanded.sals[i] = find_function_start_sal (sym, 1);
5391 else
5392 expanded.sals[i].pc
5393 = gdbarch_skip_prologue (current_gdbarch, pc);
5394 }
5395 }
5396 }
5397 }
5398
5399
5400 if (expanded.nelts <= 1)
5401 {
5402 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero
5403 expanded sals then something is really wrong.
5404 Fix that by returnign the original sal. */
5405 xfree (expanded.sals);
5406 expanded.nelts = 1;
5407 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5408 sal.pc = original_pc;
5409 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5410 return expanded;
5411 }
5412
5413 if (original_pc)
5414 {
5415 found = 0;
5416 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
5417 if (expanded.sals[i].pc == original_pc)
5418 {
5419 found = 1;
5420 break;
5421 }
5422 gdb_assert (found);
5423 }
5424
5425 return expanded;
5426 }
5427
5428 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
5429 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
5430 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
5431 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
5432 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
5433 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
5434 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
5435 we take just a single condition string.
5436
5437 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
5438 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
5439 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
5440 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
5441 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
5442
5443 static void
5444 create_breakpoints (struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char **addr_string,
5445 char *cond_string,
5446 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
5447 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
5448 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
5449 int enabled)
5450 {
5451 int i;
5452 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
5453 {
5454 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded =
5455 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[i]);
5456
5457 create_breakpoint (expanded, addr_string[i],
5458 cond_string, type, disposition,
5459 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty, enabled);
5460 }
5461 }
5462
5463 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
5464 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
5465 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
5466 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
5467
5468 static void
5469 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
5470 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5471 char ***addr_string,
5472 int *not_found_ptr)
5473 {
5474 char *addr_start = *address;
5475 *addr_string = NULL;
5476 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
5477 breakpoint. */
5478 if ((*address) == NULL
5479 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
5480 {
5481 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
5482 {
5483 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5484 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
5485 sals->sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
5486 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5487 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
5488 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
5489 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
5490 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
5491 sals->sals[0] = sal;
5492 sals->nelts = 1;
5493 }
5494 else
5495 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
5496 }
5497 else
5498 {
5499 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
5500 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
5501 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
5502 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
5503 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
5504 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
5505
5506 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
5507
5508 if (default_breakpoint_valid
5509 && (!cursal.symtab
5510 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
5511 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
5512 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
5513 default_breakpoint_line, addr_string,
5514 not_found_ptr);
5515 else
5516 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
5517 addr_string, not_found_ptr);
5518 }
5519 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
5520 if (sals->nelts > 0 && *addr_string == NULL)
5521 *addr_string = xcalloc (sals->nelts, sizeof (char **));
5522 if (addr_start != (*address))
5523 {
5524 int i;
5525 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5526 {
5527 /* Add the string if not present. */
5528 if ((*addr_string)[i] == NULL)
5529 (*addr_string)[i] = savestring (addr_start, (*address) - addr_start);
5530 }
5531 }
5532 }
5533
5534
5535 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
5536 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
5537
5538 static void
5539 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5540 char *address)
5541 {
5542 int i;
5543 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5544 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
5545 }
5546
5547 static void
5548 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out *ui, void *data)
5549 {
5550 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args *args = data;
5551
5552 parse_breakpoint_sals (args->arg_p, args->sals_p, args->addr_string_p,
5553 args->not_found_ptr);
5554 }
5555
5556 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
5557 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
5558 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
5559 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
5560 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
5561 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
5562 static void
5563 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
5564 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task)
5565 {
5566 *cond_string = NULL;
5567 *thread = -1;
5568 while (tok && *tok)
5569 {
5570 char *end_tok;
5571 int toklen;
5572 char *cond_start = NULL;
5573 char *cond_end = NULL;
5574 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
5575 tok++;
5576
5577 end_tok = tok;
5578
5579 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
5580 end_tok++;
5581
5582 toklen = end_tok - tok;
5583
5584 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
5585 {
5586 struct expression *expr;
5587
5588 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
5589 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
5590 xfree (expr);
5591 cond_end = tok;
5592 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
5593 cond_end - cond_start);
5594 }
5595 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
5596 {
5597 char *tmptok;
5598
5599 tok = end_tok + 1;
5600 tmptok = tok;
5601 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
5602 if (tok == tmptok)
5603 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
5604 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
5605 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
5606 }
5607 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
5608 {
5609 char *tmptok;
5610
5611 tok = end_tok + 1;
5612 tmptok = tok;
5613 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
5614 if (tok == tmptok)
5615 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
5616 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
5617 error (_("Unknown task %d\n"), *task);
5618 }
5619 else
5620 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
5621 }
5622 }
5623
5624 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between
5625 CLI and MI functions for setting a breakpoint.
5626 This function has two major modes of operations,
5627 selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD parameter.
5628 If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
5629 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise,
5630 ARG is just the location of breakpoint, with condition
5631 and thread specified by the COND_STRING and THREAD
5632 parameters. */
5633
5634 static void
5635 break_command_really (char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
5636 int parse_condition_and_thread,
5637 int tempflag, int hardwareflag, int traceflag,
5638 int ignore_count,
5639 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
5640 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
5641 int from_tty,
5642 int enabled)
5643 {
5644 struct gdb_exception e;
5645 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
5646 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal;
5647 char *copy_arg;
5648 char *err_msg;
5649 char *addr_start = arg;
5650 char **addr_string;
5651 struct cleanup *old_chain;
5652 struct cleanup *breakpoint_chain = NULL;
5653 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args;
5654 int i;
5655 int pending = 0;
5656 int not_found = 0;
5657 enum bptype type_wanted;
5658 int task = 0;
5659
5660 sals.sals = NULL;
5661 sals.nelts = 0;
5662 addr_string = NULL;
5663
5664 parse_args.arg_p = &arg;
5665 parse_args.sals_p = &sals;
5666 parse_args.addr_string_p = &addr_string;
5667 parse_args.not_found_ptr = &not_found;
5668
5669 e = catch_exception (uiout, do_captured_parse_breakpoint,
5670 &parse_args, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5671
5672 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
5673 switch (e.reason)
5674 {
5675 case RETURN_QUIT:
5676 throw_exception (e);
5677 case RETURN_ERROR:
5678 switch (e.error)
5679 {
5680 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
5681
5682 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
5683 error. */
5684
5685 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
5686 throw_exception (e);
5687
5688 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
5689
5690 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
5691 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
5692 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO &&
5693 !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
5694 return;
5695
5696 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
5697 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
5698 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
5699 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
5700 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
5701 addr_string = &copy_arg;
5702 sals.nelts = 1;
5703 sals.sals = &pending_sal;
5704 pending_sal.pc = 0;
5705 pending = 1;
5706 break;
5707 default:
5708 throw_exception (e);
5709 }
5710 default:
5711 if (!sals.nelts)
5712 return;
5713 }
5714
5715 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
5716 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5717
5718 if (!pending)
5719 {
5720 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
5721 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
5722
5723 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
5724 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
5725 }
5726
5727 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
5728 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
5729 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
5730 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
5731 breakpoint_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5732
5733 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
5734 the breakpoint_chain and only occure if the breakpoint create
5735 fails. */
5736 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
5737 {
5738 if (addr_string[i] != NULL)
5739 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string[i]);
5740 }
5741
5742 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
5743 are ok for the target. */
5744 if (!pending)
5745 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals, addr_start);
5746
5747 type_wanted = (traceflag
5748 ? bp_tracepoint
5749 : (hardwareflag ? bp_hardware_breakpoint : bp_breakpoint));
5750
5751 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
5752 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
5753 breakpoint. */
5754 if (!pending)
5755 {
5756 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
5757 {
5758 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
5759 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
5760 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
5761 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
5762 cond_string = NULL;
5763 thread = -1;
5764 find_condition_and_thread (arg, sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
5765 &thread, &task);
5766 if (cond_string)
5767 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5768 }
5769 else
5770 {
5771 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
5772 if (cond_string)
5773 {
5774 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
5775 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5776 }
5777 }
5778 create_breakpoints (sals, addr_string, cond_string, type_wanted,
5779 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
5780 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty, enabled);
5781 }
5782 else
5783 {
5784 struct symtab_and_line sal = {0};
5785 struct breakpoint *b;
5786
5787 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
5788
5789 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (type_wanted);
5790 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5791 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5792 b->thread = -1;
5793 b->addr_string = addr_string[0];
5794 b->cond_string = NULL;
5795 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
5796 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
5797 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
5798 b->ops = ops;
5799 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
5800
5801 mention (b);
5802 }
5803
5804 if (sals.nelts > 1)
5805 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
5806 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
5807 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
5808 breakpoint. */
5809 discard_cleanups (breakpoint_chain);
5810 /* But cleanup everything else. */
5811 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5812
5813 /* error call may happen here - have BREAKPOINT_CHAIN already discarded. */
5814 update_global_location_list (1);
5815 }
5816
5817 /* Set a breakpoint.
5818 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
5819 condition, and thread.
5820 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
5821 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
5822 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
5823
5824 static void
5825 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
5826 {
5827 int hardwareflag = flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG;
5828 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
5829
5830 break_command_really (arg,
5831 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
5832 tempflag, hardwareflag, 0 /* traceflag */,
5833 0 /* Ignore count */,
5834 pending_break_support,
5835 NULL /* breakpoint_ops */,
5836 from_tty,
5837 1 /* enabled */);
5838 }
5839
5840
5841 void
5842 set_breakpoint (char *address, char *condition,
5843 int hardwareflag, int tempflag,
5844 int thread, int ignore_count,
5845 int pending, int enabled)
5846 {
5847 break_command_really (address, condition, thread,
5848 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
5849 tempflag, hardwareflag, 0 /* traceflag */,
5850 ignore_count,
5851 pending
5852 ? AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE : AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE,
5853 NULL, 0, enabled);
5854 }
5855
5856 /* Adjust SAL to the first instruction past the function prologue.
5857 The end of the prologue is determined using the line table from
5858 the debugging information.
5859
5860 If SAL is already past the prologue, then do nothing. */
5861
5862 static void
5863 skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5864 {
5865 struct symbol *sym = find_pc_function (sal->pc);
5866 struct symtab_and_line start_sal;
5867
5868 if (sym == NULL)
5869 return;
5870
5871 start_sal = find_function_start_sal (sym, 1);
5872 if (sal->pc < start_sal.pc)
5873 *sal = start_sal;
5874 }
5875
5876 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
5877
5878 void
5879 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5880 {
5881 CORE_ADDR pc;
5882
5883 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5884 {
5885 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
5886 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
5887 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
5888 sal->pc = pc;
5889
5890 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using
5891 a line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
5892 if (sal->explicit_line)
5893 {
5894 /* Preserve the original line number. */
5895 int saved_line = sal->line;
5896 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
5897 sal->line = saved_line;
5898 }
5899 }
5900
5901 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5902 {
5903 struct blockvector *bv;
5904 struct block *b;
5905 struct symbol *sym;
5906
5907 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
5908 if (bv != NULL)
5909 {
5910 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
5911 if (sym != NULL)
5912 {
5913 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
5914 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
5915 }
5916 else
5917 {
5918 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
5919 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
5920 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
5921 source). */
5922
5923 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
5924
5925 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
5926 if (msym)
5927 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
5928 }
5929 }
5930 }
5931 }
5932
5933 void
5934 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5935 {
5936 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
5937 }
5938
5939 void
5940 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5941 {
5942 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
5943 }
5944
5945 static void
5946 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5947 {
5948 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
5949 }
5950
5951 static void
5952 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5953 {
5954 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
5955 }
5956
5957 static void
5958 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5959 {
5960 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
5961 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
5962 stop at <line>\n"));
5963 }
5964
5965 static void
5966 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5967 {
5968 int badInput = 0;
5969
5970 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
5971 badInput = 1;
5972 else if (*arg != '*')
5973 {
5974 char *argptr = arg;
5975 int hasColon = 0;
5976
5977 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
5978 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
5979 function/method name */
5980 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
5981 {
5982 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
5983 argptr++;
5984 }
5985
5986 if (hasColon)
5987 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
5988 else
5989 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
5990 }
5991
5992 if (badInput)
5993 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
5994 else
5995 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
5996 }
5997
5998 static void
5999 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6000 {
6001 int badInput = 0;
6002
6003 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
6004 badInput = 1;
6005 else
6006 {
6007 char *argptr = arg;
6008 int hasColon = 0;
6009
6010 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
6011 it is probably a line number. */
6012 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
6013 {
6014 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
6015 argptr++;
6016 }
6017
6018 if (hasColon)
6019 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
6020 else
6021 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
6022 }
6023
6024 if (badInput)
6025 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
6026 else
6027 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
6028 }
6029
6030 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
6031 hw_read: watch read,
6032 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
6033 static void
6034 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
6035 {
6036 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
6037 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6038 struct expression *exp;
6039 struct block *exp_valid_block;
6040 struct value *val, *mark;
6041 struct frame_info *frame;
6042 struct frame_info *prev_frame = NULL;
6043 char *exp_start = NULL;
6044 char *exp_end = NULL;
6045 char *tok, *id_tok_start, *end_tok;
6046 int toklen;
6047 char *cond_start = NULL;
6048 char *cond_end = NULL;
6049 struct expression *cond = NULL;
6050 int i, other_type_used, target_resources_ok = 0;
6051 enum bptype bp_type;
6052 int mem_cnt = 0;
6053 int thread = -1;
6054
6055 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
6056
6057 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
6058 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
6059 {
6060 toklen = strlen (arg); /* Size of argument list. */
6061
6062 /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */
6063 tok = arg + toklen - 1;
6064
6065 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last parameter.
6066 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, this should
6067 be the thread identifier. */
6068 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
6069 tok--;
6070 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
6071 tok--;
6072
6073 /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */
6074 id_tok_start = tok + 1;
6075
6076 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more parameter.
6077 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, we should
6078 reach a "thread" token. */
6079 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
6080 tok--;
6081
6082 end_tok = tok;
6083
6084 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
6085 tok--;
6086
6087 /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and
6088 calculate the length of the token. */
6089 tok++;
6090 toklen = end_tok - tok;
6091
6092 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
6093 {
6094 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
6095 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
6096 only in a specific thread. */
6097 char *endp;
6098
6099 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
6100 thread = strtol (id_tok_start, &endp, 0);
6101
6102 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
6103 thread ID. */
6104 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
6105 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start);
6106
6107 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
6108 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
6109 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
6110
6111 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num>
6112 parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the
6113 evaluate_expression() function. */
6114 *tok = '\0';
6115 }
6116 }
6117
6118 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
6119 innermost_block = NULL;
6120 exp_start = arg;
6121 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
6122 exp_end = arg;
6123 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
6124 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
6125 prettier. */
6126 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
6127 --exp_end;
6128
6129 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
6130 mark = value_mark ();
6131 fetch_watchpoint_value (exp, &val, NULL, NULL);
6132 if (val != NULL)
6133 release_value (val);
6134
6135 tok = arg;
6136 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
6137 tok++;
6138 end_tok = tok;
6139
6140 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
6141 end_tok++;
6142
6143 toklen = end_tok - tok;
6144 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
6145 {
6146 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
6147 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
6148 cond_end = tok;
6149 }
6150 if (*tok)
6151 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
6152
6153 if (accessflag == hw_read)
6154 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
6155 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
6156 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
6157 else
6158 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
6159
6160 mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val);
6161 if (mem_cnt == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
6162 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
6163 if (mem_cnt != 0)
6164 {
6165 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type, &other_type_used);
6166 target_resources_ok =
6167 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_type, i + mem_cnt,
6168 other_type_used);
6169 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
6170 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
6171
6172 if (target_resources_ok < 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
6173 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
6174 }
6175
6176 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
6177 watchpoint could not be set. */
6178 if (!mem_cnt || target_resources_ok <= 0)
6179 bp_type = bp_watchpoint;
6180
6181 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
6182 if (frame)
6183 prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
6184 else
6185 prev_frame = NULL;
6186
6187 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
6188 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
6189 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
6190 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
6191 if (innermost_block && prev_frame)
6192 {
6193 scope_breakpoint = create_internal_breakpoint (get_frame_pc (prev_frame),
6194 bp_watchpoint_scope);
6195
6196 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6197
6198 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
6199 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
6200
6201 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
6202 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = get_frame_id (prev_frame);
6203
6204 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
6205 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
6206 = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
6207 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
6208 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
6209 scope_breakpoint->type);
6210 }
6211
6212 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
6213 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_type);
6214 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6215 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6216 b->thread = thread;
6217 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
6218 b->exp = exp;
6219 b->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
6220 b->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
6221 b->val = val;
6222 b->val_valid = 1;
6223 b->loc->cond = cond;
6224 if (cond_start)
6225 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
6226 else
6227 b->cond_string = 0;
6228
6229 if (frame)
6230 b->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
6231 else
6232 b->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
6233
6234 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
6235 {
6236 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
6237 need to act on them together. */
6238 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
6239 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
6240 }
6241
6242 value_free_to_mark (mark);
6243 mention (b);
6244 update_global_location_list (1);
6245 }
6246
6247 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
6248 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
6249 in hardware return zero. */
6250
6251 static int
6252 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
6253 {
6254 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
6255 struct value *head = v;
6256
6257 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
6258 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
6259 return 0;
6260
6261 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
6262 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
6263 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
6264 hardware watchpoint.
6265
6266 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
6267 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
6268 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
6269 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
6270 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
6271 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
6272 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
6273 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
6274 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
6275
6276 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
6277 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
6278 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
6279 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
6280 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
6281 {
6282 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
6283 {
6284 if (value_lazy (v))
6285 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
6286 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
6287 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
6288 ;
6289 else
6290 {
6291 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
6292 it with hardware watchpoints. */
6293 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
6294
6295 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
6296 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
6297 middle of some value chain. */
6298 if (v == head
6299 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
6300 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
6301 {
6302 CORE_ADDR vaddr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
6303 int len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
6304
6305 if (!TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (vaddr, len))
6306 return 0;
6307 else
6308 found_memory_cnt++;
6309 }
6310 }
6311 }
6312 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
6313 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
6314 return 0; /* ??? What does this represent? */
6315 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
6316 return 0; /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
6317 }
6318
6319 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
6320 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
6321 return found_memory_cnt;
6322 }
6323
6324 void
6325 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6326 {
6327 watch_command (arg, from_tty);
6328 }
6329
6330 static void
6331 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6332 {
6333 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
6334 }
6335
6336 void
6337 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6338 {
6339 rwatch_command (arg, from_tty);
6340 }
6341
6342 static void
6343 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6344 {
6345 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
6346 }
6347
6348 void
6349 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6350 {
6351 awatch_command (arg, from_tty);
6352 }
6353
6354 static void
6355 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6356 {
6357 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
6358 }
6359 \f
6360
6361 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
6362 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
6363
6364 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
6365 {
6366 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
6367 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
6368 };
6369
6370 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
6371 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
6372 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
6373 command. */
6374 static void
6375 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg)
6376 {
6377 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
6378
6379 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
6380 if (a->breakpoint2)
6381 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
6382 }
6383
6384 void
6385 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
6386 {
6387 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6388 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6389 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
6390 struct frame_info *prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
6391 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
6392 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
6393 struct cleanup *old_chain;
6394
6395 clear_proceed_status ();
6396
6397 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
6398 this function */
6399
6400 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
6401 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
6402 default_breakpoint_line, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
6403 else
6404 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL,
6405 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
6406
6407 if (sals.nelts != 1)
6408 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
6409
6410 sal = sals.sals[0];
6411 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed */
6412
6413 if (*arg)
6414 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6415
6416 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
6417
6418 if (anywhere)
6419 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
6420 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
6421 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, null_frame_id, bp_until);
6422 else
6423 /* Otherwise, specify the current frame, because we want to stop only
6424 at the very same frame. */
6425 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (frame),
6426 bp_until);
6427
6428 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
6429
6430 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
6431 one. */
6432 if (prev_frame)
6433 {
6434 sal = find_pc_line (get_frame_pc (prev_frame), 0);
6435 sal.pc = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
6436 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (prev_frame),
6437 bp_until);
6438 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
6439 }
6440
6441 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
6442
6443 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has actually
6444 managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to be
6445 deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already stopped and
6446 delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
6447
6448 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
6449 {
6450 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
6451 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
6452
6453 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
6454 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
6455
6456 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
6457 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
6458 until_break_command_continuation, args,
6459 xfree);
6460 }
6461 else
6462 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6463 }
6464
6465 static void
6466 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s)
6467 {
6468 if ((s == NULL) || (*s == NULL))
6469 return;
6470 while (isspace (**s))
6471 *s += 1;
6472 }
6473
6474 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
6475 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6476
6477 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
6478 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
6479 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
6480 if clause in the arg string. */
6481
6482 static char *
6483 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
6484 {
6485 char *cond_string;
6486
6487 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
6488 return NULL;
6489
6490 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
6491 (*arg) += 2;
6492
6493 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
6494 condition string. */
6495 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg);
6496 cond_string = *arg;
6497
6498 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
6499 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
6500
6501 return cond_string;
6502 }
6503
6504 /* This function attempts to parse an optional filename from the arg
6505 string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6506
6507 Else, it returns a pointer to the parsed filename. (This function
6508 makes no attempt to verify that a file of that name exists, or is
6509 accessible.) And, it updates arg to point to the first character
6510 following the parsed filename in the arg string.
6511
6512 Note that clients needing to preserve the returned filename for
6513 future access should copy it to their own buffers. */
6514 static char *
6515 ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg)
6516 {
6517 static char filename[1024];
6518 char *arg_p = *arg;
6519 int i;
6520 char c;
6521
6522 if ((*arg_p == '\0') || isspace (*arg_p))
6523 return NULL;
6524
6525 for (i = 0;; i++)
6526 {
6527 c = *arg_p;
6528 if (isspace (c))
6529 c = '\0';
6530 filename[i] = c;
6531 if (c == '\0')
6532 break;
6533 arg_p++;
6534 }
6535 *arg = arg_p;
6536
6537 return filename;
6538 }
6539
6540 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
6541 process start/exit, etc. */
6542
6543 typedef enum
6544 {
6545 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
6546 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
6547 }
6548 catch_fork_kind;
6549
6550 static void
6551 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6552 {
6553 char *cond_string = NULL;
6554 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
6555 int tempflag;
6556
6557 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
6558 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
6559 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
6560
6561 if (!arg)
6562 arg = "";
6563 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6564
6565 /* The allowed syntax is:
6566 catch [v]fork
6567 catch [v]fork if <cond>
6568
6569 First, check if there's an if clause. */
6570 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6571
6572 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6573 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6574
6575 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
6576 and enable reporting of such events. */
6577 switch (fork_kind)
6578 {
6579 case catch_fork_temporary:
6580 case catch_fork_permanent:
6581 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string,
6582 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
6583 break;
6584 case catch_vfork_temporary:
6585 case catch_vfork_permanent:
6586 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string,
6587 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
6588 break;
6589 default:
6590 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
6591 break;
6592 }
6593 }
6594
6595 static void
6596 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6597 {
6598 int tempflag;
6599 char *cond_string = NULL;
6600
6601 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6602
6603 if (!arg)
6604 arg = "";
6605 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6606
6607 /* The allowed syntax is:
6608 catch exec
6609 catch exec if <cond>
6610
6611 First, check if there's an if clause. */
6612 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6613
6614 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6615 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6616
6617 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
6618 and enable reporting of such events. */
6619 create_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
6620 }
6621
6622 static enum print_stop_action
6623 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6624 {
6625 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
6626
6627 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6628
6629 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
6630 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
6631 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
6632 b->loc->address,
6633 b->number, 1);
6634 bp_temp = b->loc->owner->disposition == disp_del;
6635 ui_out_text (uiout,
6636 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
6637 : "Catchpoint ");
6638 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6639 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6640 ui_out_text (uiout,
6641 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
6642 : " (exception caught), ");
6643 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6644 {
6645 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6646 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
6647 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6648 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6649 }
6650 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6651 }
6652
6653 static void
6654 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
6655 {
6656 struct value_print_options opts;
6657 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6658 if (opts.addressprint)
6659 {
6660 annotate_field (4);
6661 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
6662 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6663 else
6664 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", b->loc->address);
6665 }
6666 annotate_field (5);
6667 if (b->loc)
6668 *last_addr = b->loc->address;
6669 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
6670 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
6671 else
6672 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
6673 }
6674
6675 static void
6676 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6677 {
6678 int bp_temp;
6679 int bp_throw;
6680
6681 bp_temp = b->loc->owner->disposition == disp_del;
6682 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
6683 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
6684 : _("Catchpoint "));
6685 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6686 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
6687 : _(" (catch)"));
6688 }
6689
6690 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops = {
6691 NULL, /* insert */
6692 NULL, /* remove */
6693 NULL, /* breakpoint_hit */
6694 print_exception_catchpoint,
6695 print_one_exception_catchpoint,
6696 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
6697 };
6698
6699 static int
6700 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6701 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
6702 {
6703 char *trigger_func_name;
6704
6705 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
6706 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
6707 else
6708 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
6709
6710 break_command_really (trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
6711 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
6712 tempflag, 0, 0,
6713 0,
6714 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
6715 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
6716 1 /* enabled */);
6717
6718 return 1;
6719 }
6720
6721 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
6722
6723 static void
6724 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
6725 int tempflag, int from_tty)
6726 {
6727 char *cond_string = NULL;
6728 struct symtab_and_line *sal = NULL;
6729
6730 if (!arg)
6731 arg = "";
6732 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6733
6734 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6735
6736 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6737 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6738
6739 if ((ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW) &&
6740 (ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH))
6741 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
6742
6743 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
6744 return;
6745
6746 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
6747 }
6748
6749 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
6750
6751 static void
6752 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6753 {
6754 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6755 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
6756 }
6757
6758 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
6759
6760 static void
6761 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6762 {
6763 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6764 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
6765 }
6766
6767 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
6768
6769 static void
6770 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal,
6771 char *addr_string,
6772 char *exp_string,
6773 char *cond_string,
6774 struct expression *cond,
6775 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
6776 int tempflag,
6777 int from_tty)
6778 {
6779 struct breakpoint *b;
6780
6781 if (from_tty)
6782 {
6783 describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
6784 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
6785 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
6786 used for different exception names will use the same address.
6787 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
6788 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
6789 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
6790 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
6791 enough for now, though. */
6792 }
6793
6794 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_breakpoint);
6795 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6796
6797 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6798 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6799 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6800 b->ignore_count = 0;
6801 b->loc->cond = cond;
6802 b->addr_string = addr_string;
6803 b->language = language_ada;
6804 b->cond_string = cond_string;
6805 b->exp_string = exp_string;
6806 b->thread = -1;
6807 b->ops = ops;
6808
6809 mention (b);
6810 update_global_location_list (1);
6811 }
6812
6813 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
6814
6815 static void
6816 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg, int from_tty,
6817 struct cmd_list_element *command)
6818 {
6819 int tempflag;
6820 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6821 enum bptype type;
6822 char *addr_string = NULL;
6823 char *exp_string = NULL;
6824 char *cond_string = NULL;
6825 struct expression *cond = NULL;
6826 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6827
6828 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6829
6830 if (!arg)
6831 arg = "";
6832 sal = ada_decode_exception_location (arg, &addr_string, &exp_string,
6833 &cond_string, &cond, &ops);
6834 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, exp_string,
6835 cond_string, cond, ops, tempflag,
6836 from_tty);
6837 }
6838
6839 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
6840
6841 static void
6842 catch_assert_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6843 {
6844 int tempflag;
6845 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6846 char *addr_string = NULL;
6847 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6848
6849 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6850
6851 if (!arg)
6852 arg = "";
6853 sal = ada_decode_assert_location (arg, &addr_string, &ops);
6854 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, NULL, NULL, NULL, ops,
6855 tempflag, from_tty);
6856 }
6857
6858 static void
6859 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6860 {
6861 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
6862 }
6863 \f
6864
6865 static void
6866 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6867 {
6868 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
6869 }
6870
6871 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
6872
6873 static void
6874 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6875 {
6876 struct breakpoint *b;
6877 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
6878 int ix;
6879 int default_match;
6880 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6881 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6882 int i;
6883
6884 if (arg)
6885 {
6886 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, 1);
6887 default_match = 0;
6888 }
6889 else
6890 {
6891 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
6892 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
6893 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
6894 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
6895 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
6896 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
6897 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
6898 if (sal.symtab == 0)
6899 error (_("No source file specified."));
6900
6901 sals.sals[0] = sal;
6902 sals.nelts = 1;
6903
6904 default_match = 1;
6905 }
6906
6907 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not
6908 as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints
6909 typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if
6910 clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing
6911 breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
6912
6913 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
6914 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
6915 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
6916 due to optimization, all in one block.
6917 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
6918 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
6919 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
6920 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
6921 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
6922 to support that. */
6923
6924 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
6925 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
6926 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
6927 one breakpoint. */
6928
6929 found = NULL;
6930 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
6931 {
6932 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
6933 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
6934 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
6935 or at default pc.
6936
6937 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
6938
6939 0 1 pc
6940 1 1 pc _and_ line
6941 0 0 line
6942 1 0 <can't happen> */
6943
6944 sal = sals.sals[i];
6945
6946 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to
6947 'found'. */
6948 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6949 {
6950 int match = 0;
6951 /* Are we going to delete b? */
6952 if (b->type != bp_none
6953 && b->type != bp_watchpoint
6954 && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
6955 && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
6956 && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
6957 {
6958 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
6959 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
6960 {
6961 int pc_match = sal.pc
6962 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
6963 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
6964 || loc->section == sal.section);
6965 int line_match = ((default_match || (0 == sal.pc))
6966 && b->source_file != NULL
6967 && sal.symtab != NULL
6968 && strcmp (b->source_file, sal.symtab->filename) == 0
6969 && b->line_number == sal.line);
6970 if (pc_match || line_match)
6971 {
6972 match = 1;
6973 break;
6974 }
6975 }
6976 }
6977
6978 if (match)
6979 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
6980 }
6981 }
6982 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
6983 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
6984 {
6985 if (arg)
6986 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
6987 else
6988 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
6989 }
6990
6991 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
6992 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
6993 if (from_tty)
6994 {
6995 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
6996 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
6997 else
6998 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
6999 }
7000 breakpoints_changed ();
7001
7002 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
7003 {
7004 if (from_tty)
7005 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
7006 delete_breakpoint (b);
7007 }
7008 if (from_tty)
7009 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
7010 }
7011 \f
7012 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
7013 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
7014 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
7015
7016 void
7017 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
7018 {
7019 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7020
7021 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
7022 if (bs->breakpoint_at
7023 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner
7024 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del
7025 && bs->stop)
7026 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->owner);
7027
7028 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7029 {
7030 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
7031 delete_breakpoint (b);
7032 }
7033 }
7034
7035 /* A cleanup function which destroys a vector. */
7036
7037 static void
7038 do_vec_free (void *p)
7039 {
7040 VEC(bp_location_p) **vec = p;
7041 if (*vec)
7042 VEC_free (bp_location_p, *vec);
7043 }
7044
7045 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
7046 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
7047 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
7048 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
7049 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
7050 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
7051 returns true on them.
7052
7053 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
7054 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
7055 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
7056 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
7057 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
7058 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
7059
7060 static void
7061 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
7062 {
7063 struct breakpoint *b;
7064 struct bp_location **next = &bp_location_chain;
7065 struct bp_location *loc;
7066 struct bp_location *loc2;
7067 VEC(bp_location_p) *old_locations = NULL;
7068 int ret;
7069 int ix;
7070 struct cleanup *cleanups;
7071
7072 cleanups = make_cleanup (do_vec_free, &old_locations);
7073 /* Store old locations for future reference. */
7074 for (loc = bp_location_chain; loc; loc = loc->global_next)
7075 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, old_locations, loc);
7076
7077 bp_location_chain = NULL;
7078 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7079 {
7080 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
7081 {
7082 *next = loc;
7083 next = &(loc->global_next);
7084 *next = NULL;
7085 }
7086 }
7087
7088 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the new
7089 list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not necessary that
7090 those locations should be removed from inferior -- if there's another
7091 location at the same address (previously marked as duplicate),
7092 we don't need to remove/insert the location. */
7093 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(bp_location_p, old_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
7094 {
7095 /* Tells if 'loc' is found amoung the new locations. If not, we
7096 have to free it. */
7097 int found_object = 0;
7098 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
7099 int keep_in_target = 0;
7100 int removed = 0;
7101 for (loc2 = bp_location_chain; loc2; loc2 = loc2->global_next)
7102 if (loc2 == loc)
7103 {
7104 found_object = 1;
7105 break;
7106 }
7107
7108 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if there's
7109 maybe a new location at the same address. If so, mark that one
7110 inserted, and don't remove this one. This is needed so that we
7111 don't have a time window where a breakpoint at certain location is not
7112 inserted. */
7113
7114 if (loc->inserted)
7115 {
7116 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove it. */
7117
7118 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (loc))
7119 {
7120 /* The location is still present in the location list, and still
7121 should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
7122 keep_in_target = 1;
7123 }
7124 else
7125 {
7126 /* The location is either no longer present, or got disabled.
7127 See if there's another location at the same address, in which
7128 case we don't need to remove this one from the target. */
7129 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc->owner))
7130 for (loc2 = bp_location_chain; loc2; loc2 = loc2->global_next)
7131 {
7132 /* For the sake of should_insert_location. The
7133 call to check_duplicates will fix up this later. */
7134 loc2->duplicate = 0;
7135 if (should_be_inserted (loc2)
7136 && loc2 != loc && loc2->address == loc->address)
7137 {
7138 loc2->inserted = 1;
7139 loc2->target_info = loc->target_info;
7140 keep_in_target = 1;
7141 break;
7142 }
7143 }
7144 }
7145
7146 if (!keep_in_target)
7147 {
7148 if (remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted))
7149 {
7150 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep this
7151 location on the global list, and try to remove it next
7152 time, but there's no particular reason why we will
7153 succeed next time.
7154
7155 Note that at this point, loc->owner is still valid,
7156 as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint only
7157 after calling us. */
7158 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing breakpoint %d\n"),
7159 loc->owner->number);
7160 }
7161 removed = 1;
7162 }
7163 }
7164
7165 if (!found_object)
7166 {
7167 if (removed && non_stop)
7168 {
7169 /* This location was removed from the targets. In non-stop mode,
7170 a race condition is possible where we've removed a breakpoint,
7171 but stop events for that breakpoint are already queued and will
7172 arrive later. To suppress spurious SIGTRAPs reported to user,
7173 we keep this breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
7174 after we see 3 * thread_count events.
7175 The theory here is that reporting of events should,
7176 "on the average", be fair, so after that many event we'll see
7177 events from all threads that have anything of interest, and no
7178 longer need to keep this breakpoint. This is just a
7179 heuristic, but if it's wrong, we'll report unexpected SIGTRAP,
7180 which is usability issue, but not a correctness problem. */
7181 loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
7182 loc->owner = NULL;
7183
7184 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, loc);
7185 }
7186 else
7187 free_bp_location (loc);
7188 }
7189 }
7190
7191 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7192 {
7193 check_duplicates (b);
7194 }
7195
7196 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
7197 && (target_has_execution
7198 || (gdbarch_has_global_solist (target_gdbarch)
7199 && target_supports_multi_process ())))
7200 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
7201
7202 do_cleanups (cleanups);
7203 }
7204
7205 void
7206 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
7207 {
7208 struct bp_location *loc;
7209 int ix;
7210
7211 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
7212 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
7213 {
7214 free_bp_location (loc);
7215 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
7216 --ix;
7217 }
7218 }
7219
7220 static void
7221 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
7222 {
7223 struct gdb_exception e;
7224 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7225 update_global_location_list (inserting);
7226 }
7227
7228 /* Clear BPT from a BPS. */
7229 static void
7230 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
7231 {
7232 bpstat bs;
7233 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
7234 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->owner == bpt)
7235 {
7236 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
7237 bs->old_val = NULL;
7238 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
7239 }
7240 }
7241
7242 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
7243 static int
7244 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
7245 {
7246 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
7247 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (th->stop_bpstat, bpt);
7248 return 0;
7249 }
7250
7251 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
7252 structures. */
7253
7254 void
7255 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7256 {
7257 struct breakpoint *b;
7258 struct bp_location *loc, *next;
7259
7260 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
7261
7262 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
7263 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
7264
7265 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
7266 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
7267 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
7268 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
7269 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
7270
7271 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
7272 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
7273 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
7274 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
7275 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
7276 return;
7277
7278 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt->number);
7279
7280 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
7281 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
7282
7283 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7284 if (b->next == bpt)
7285 {
7286 b->next = bpt->next;
7287 break;
7288 }
7289
7290 free_command_lines (&bpt->commands);
7291 if (bpt->cond_string != NULL)
7292 xfree (bpt->cond_string);
7293 if (bpt->addr_string != NULL)
7294 xfree (bpt->addr_string);
7295 if (bpt->exp != NULL)
7296 xfree (bpt->exp);
7297 if (bpt->exp_string != NULL)
7298 xfree (bpt->exp_string);
7299 if (bpt->val != NULL)
7300 value_free (bpt->val);
7301 if (bpt->source_file != NULL)
7302 xfree (bpt->source_file);
7303 if (bpt->exec_pathname != NULL)
7304 xfree (bpt->exec_pathname);
7305
7306 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
7307 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
7308 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just
7309 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
7310 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
7311 if we remove it here, then the later call to
7312 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
7313 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
7314 with commands won't work. */
7315
7316 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
7317
7318 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint
7319 list, update the global location list. This
7320 will remove locations that used to belong to
7321 this breakpoint. Do this before freeing
7322 the breakpoint itself, since remove_breakpoint
7323 looks at location's owner. It might be better
7324 design to have location completely self-contained,
7325 but it's not the case now. */
7326 update_global_location_list (0);
7327
7328
7329 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
7330 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
7331 bpt->type = bp_none;
7332
7333 xfree (bpt);
7334 }
7335
7336 static void
7337 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
7338 {
7339 delete_breakpoint (b);
7340 }
7341
7342 struct cleanup *
7343 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
7344 {
7345 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
7346 }
7347
7348 void
7349 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7350 {
7351 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7352
7353 dont_repeat ();
7354
7355 if (arg == 0)
7356 {
7357 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
7358
7359 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
7360 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
7361 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
7362 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7363 {
7364 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7365 b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7366 b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7367 b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7368 b->number >= 0)
7369 {
7370 breaks_to_delete = 1;
7371 break;
7372 }
7373 }
7374
7375 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
7376 if (!from_tty
7377 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
7378 {
7379 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7380 {
7381 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7382 b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7383 b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7384 b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7385 b->number >= 0)
7386 delete_breakpoint (b);
7387 }
7388 }
7389 }
7390 else
7391 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, delete_breakpoint);
7392 }
7393
7394 static int
7395 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
7396 {
7397 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
7398 if (!loc->shlib_disabled)
7399 return 0;
7400 return 1;
7401 }
7402
7403 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
7404 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
7405 Null names are ignored. */
7406
7407 static int
7408 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
7409 {
7410 struct bp_location *l;
7411 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
7412 (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) streq,
7413 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
7414
7415 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
7416 {
7417 const char **slot;
7418 const char *name = l->function_name;
7419
7420 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
7421 if (name == NULL)
7422 continue;
7423
7424 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
7425 INSERT);
7426 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never returns
7427 NULL. */
7428 if (*slot != NULL)
7429 {
7430 htab_delete (htab);
7431 return 1;
7432 }
7433 *slot = name;
7434 }
7435
7436 htab_delete (htab);
7437 return 0;
7438 }
7439
7440 static void
7441 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
7442 struct symtabs_and_lines sals)
7443 {
7444 int i;
7445 char *s;
7446 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
7447
7448 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
7449 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes
7450 the common case where all locations are in the same
7451 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
7452 retain the location, so that when the library
7453 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
7454 status of the individual locations. */
7455 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
7456 return;
7457
7458 b->loc = NULL;
7459
7460 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7461 {
7462 struct bp_location *new_loc =
7463 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
7464
7465 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
7466 old symtab. */
7467 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
7468 {
7469 struct gdb_exception e;
7470
7471 s = b->cond_string;
7472 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7473 {
7474 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
7475 0);
7476 }
7477 if (e.reason < 0)
7478 {
7479 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
7480 b->number, e.message);
7481 new_loc->enabled = 0;
7482 }
7483 }
7484
7485 if (b->source_file != NULL)
7486 xfree (b->source_file);
7487 if (sals.sals[i].symtab == NULL)
7488 b->source_file = NULL;
7489 else
7490 b->source_file =
7491 savestring (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename,
7492 strlen (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename));
7493
7494 if (b->line_number == 0)
7495 b->line_number = sals.sals[i].line;
7496 }
7497
7498 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
7499 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
7500 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
7501
7502 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */
7503 {
7504 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
7505 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
7506 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
7507 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
7508 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
7509 often enough until a better solution is found. */
7510 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
7511
7512 for (; e; e = e->next)
7513 {
7514 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
7515 {
7516 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
7517 if (have_ambiguous_names)
7518 {
7519 for (; l; l = l->next)
7520 if (e->address == l->address)
7521 {
7522 l->enabled = 0;
7523 break;
7524 }
7525 }
7526 else
7527 {
7528 for (; l; l = l->next)
7529 if (l->function_name
7530 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
7531 {
7532 l->enabled = 0;
7533 break;
7534 }
7535 }
7536 }
7537 }
7538 }
7539
7540 update_global_location_list (1);
7541 }
7542
7543
7544 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
7545 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
7546 Unused in this case. */
7547
7548 static int
7549 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
7550 {
7551 /* get past catch_errs */
7552 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
7553 struct value *mark;
7554 int i;
7555 int not_found = 0;
7556 int *not_found_ptr = &not_found;
7557 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {};
7558 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7559 char *s;
7560 enum enable_state save_enable;
7561 struct gdb_exception e;
7562 struct cleanup *cleanups;
7563
7564 switch (b->type)
7565 {
7566 case bp_none:
7567 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7568 b->number);
7569 return 0;
7570 case bp_breakpoint:
7571 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7572 case bp_tracepoint:
7573 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
7574 {
7575 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
7576 delete_breakpoint (b);
7577 return 0;
7578 }
7579
7580 set_language (b->language);
7581 input_radix = b->input_radix;
7582 s = b->addr_string;
7583 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7584 {
7585 sals = decode_line_1 (&s, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL,
7586 not_found_ptr);
7587 }
7588 if (e.reason < 0)
7589 {
7590 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
7591 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
7592 will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
7593 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
7594 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
7595 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
7596 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */
7597 if (not_found
7598 && (b->condition_not_parsed
7599 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
7600 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
7601 not_found_and_ok = 1;
7602
7603 if (!not_found_and_ok)
7604 {
7605 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
7606 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
7607 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
7608 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
7609 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
7610 which approach is better. */
7611 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7612 throw_exception (e);
7613 }
7614 }
7615
7616 if (not_found)
7617 break;
7618
7619 gdb_assert (sals.nelts == 1);
7620 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
7621 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
7622 {
7623 char *cond_string = 0;
7624 int thread = -1;
7625 int task = 0;
7626
7627 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
7628 &cond_string, &thread, &task);
7629 if (cond_string)
7630 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7631 b->thread = thread;
7632 b->task = task;
7633 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7634 }
7635 expanded = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[0]);
7636 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
7637 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded);
7638 do_cleanups (cleanups);
7639 break;
7640
7641 case bp_watchpoint:
7642 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7643 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7644 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7645 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global variables,
7646 or it can be on local variables.
7647
7648 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even persist
7649 across program restarts. Since they can use variables from shared
7650 libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries are loaded
7651 and unloaded.
7652
7653 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
7654 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local and
7655 a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, but
7656 unloading of a shared library will make the expression invalid.
7657 This is not a very common use case, but we still re-evaluate
7658 expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
7659
7660 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
7661 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
7662 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
7663 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
7664
7665 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
7666 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
7667
7668 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
7669 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
7670 update_watchpoint (b, 1 /* reparse */);
7671 break;
7672 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
7673 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
7674 loaded. */
7675 case bp_catchpoint:
7676 break;
7677
7678 default:
7679 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b->type);
7680 /* fall through */
7681 /* Delete overlay event breakpoints; they will be reset later by
7682 breakpoint_re_set. */
7683 case bp_overlay_event:
7684 delete_breakpoint (b);
7685 break;
7686
7687 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
7688 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
7689 case bp_shlib_event:
7690
7691 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
7692 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
7693 case bp_thread_event:
7694
7695 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
7696 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
7697 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
7698 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
7699 case bp_until:
7700 case bp_finish:
7701 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7702 case bp_call_dummy:
7703 case bp_step_resume:
7704 case bp_longjmp:
7705 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7706 break;
7707 }
7708
7709 return 0;
7710 }
7711
7712 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
7713 void
7714 breakpoint_re_set (void)
7715 {
7716 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7717 enum language save_language;
7718 int save_input_radix;
7719
7720 save_language = current_language->la_language;
7721 save_input_radix = input_radix;
7722 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7723 {
7724 /* Format possible error msg */
7725 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
7726 b->number);
7727 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
7728 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7729 do_cleanups (cleanups);
7730 }
7731 set_language (save_language);
7732 input_radix = save_input_radix;
7733
7734 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
7735 }
7736 \f
7737 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
7738
7739 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
7740 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
7741 void
7742 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
7743 {
7744 if (b->thread != -1)
7745 {
7746 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7747 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7748 }
7749 }
7750
7751 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
7752 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
7753 which ends with a period (no newline). */
7754
7755 void
7756 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
7757 {
7758 struct breakpoint *b;
7759
7760 if (count < 0)
7761 count = 0;
7762
7763 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7764 if (b->number == bptnum)
7765 {
7766 b->ignore_count = count;
7767 if (from_tty)
7768 {
7769 if (count == 0)
7770 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
7771 bptnum);
7772 else if (count == 1)
7773 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
7774 bptnum);
7775 else
7776 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
7777 count, bptnum);
7778 }
7779 breakpoints_changed ();
7780 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
7781 return;
7782 }
7783
7784 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
7785 }
7786
7787 void
7788 make_breakpoint_silent (struct breakpoint *b)
7789 {
7790 /* Silence the breakpoint. */
7791 b->silent = 1;
7792 }
7793
7794 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
7795
7796 static void
7797 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7798 {
7799 char *p = args;
7800 int num;
7801
7802 if (p == 0)
7803 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
7804
7805 num = get_number (&p);
7806 if (num == 0)
7807 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
7808 if (*p == 0)
7809 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
7810
7811 set_ignore_count (num,
7812 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
7813 from_tty);
7814 if (from_tty)
7815 printf_filtered ("\n");
7816 }
7817 \f
7818 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
7819 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
7820
7821 static void
7822 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *))
7823 {
7824 char *p = args;
7825 char *p1;
7826 int num;
7827 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
7828 int match;
7829
7830 if (p == 0)
7831 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
7832
7833 while (*p)
7834 {
7835 match = 0;
7836 p1 = p;
7837
7838 num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7839 if (num == 0)
7840 {
7841 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
7842 }
7843 else
7844 {
7845 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
7846 if (b->number == num)
7847 {
7848 struct breakpoint *related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
7849 match = 1;
7850 function (b);
7851 if (related_breakpoint)
7852 function (related_breakpoint);
7853 break;
7854 }
7855 if (match == 0)
7856 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
7857 }
7858 p = p1;
7859 }
7860 }
7861
7862 static struct bp_location *
7863 find_location_by_number (char *number)
7864 {
7865 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
7866 char *p1;
7867 int bp_num;
7868 int loc_num;
7869 struct breakpoint *b;
7870 struct bp_location *loc;
7871
7872 *dot = '\0';
7873
7874 p1 = number;
7875 bp_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7876 if (bp_num == 0)
7877 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
7878
7879 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7880 if (b->number == bp_num)
7881 {
7882 break;
7883 }
7884
7885 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
7886 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
7887
7888 p1 = dot+1;
7889 loc_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7890 if (loc_num == 0)
7891 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
7892
7893 --loc_num;
7894 loc = b->loc;
7895 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
7896 ;
7897 if (!loc)
7898 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
7899
7900 return loc;
7901 }
7902
7903
7904 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
7905 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
7906 which ends with a period (no newline). */
7907
7908 void
7909 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7910 {
7911 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
7912 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
7913 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
7914 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
7915 return;
7916
7917 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
7918 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
7919 return;
7920
7921 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7922
7923 update_global_location_list (0);
7924
7925 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt->number);
7926 }
7927
7928 static void
7929 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7930 {
7931 struct breakpoint *bpt;
7932 if (args == 0)
7933 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
7934 switch (bpt->type)
7935 {
7936 case bp_none:
7937 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7938 bpt->number);
7939 continue;
7940 case bp_breakpoint:
7941 case bp_tracepoint:
7942 case bp_catchpoint:
7943 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7944 case bp_watchpoint:
7945 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7946 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7947 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7948 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
7949 default:
7950 continue;
7951 }
7952 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
7953 {
7954 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
7955 if (loc)
7956 loc->enabled = 0;
7957 update_global_location_list (0);
7958 }
7959 else
7960 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, disable_breakpoint);
7961 }
7962
7963 static void
7964 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
7965 {
7966 int target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
7967 struct value *mark;
7968
7969 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7970 {
7971 int i;
7972 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7973 target_resources_ok =
7974 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7975 i + 1, 0);
7976 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7977 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7978 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7979 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7980 }
7981
7982 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint ||
7983 bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
7984 bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
7985 bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
7986 {
7987 struct gdb_exception e;
7988
7989 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
7990 {
7991 update_watchpoint (bpt, 1 /* reparse */);
7992 }
7993 if (e.reason < 0)
7994 {
7995 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
7996 bpt->number);
7997 return;
7998 }
7999 }
8000
8001 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
8002 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8003 bpt->disposition = disposition;
8004 update_global_location_list (1);
8005 breakpoints_changed ();
8006
8007 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt->number);
8008 }
8009
8010
8011 void
8012 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8013 {
8014 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, bpt->disposition);
8015 }
8016
8017 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
8018 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
8019 in stopping the inferior. */
8020
8021 static void
8022 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8023 {
8024 struct breakpoint *bpt;
8025 if (args == 0)
8026 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
8027 switch (bpt->type)
8028 {
8029 case bp_none:
8030 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
8031 bpt->number);
8032 continue;
8033 case bp_breakpoint:
8034 case bp_tracepoint:
8035 case bp_catchpoint:
8036 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
8037 case bp_watchpoint:
8038 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8039 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8040 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8041 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
8042 default:
8043 continue;
8044 }
8045 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
8046 {
8047 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
8048 if (loc)
8049 loc->enabled = 1;
8050 update_global_location_list (1);
8051 }
8052 else
8053 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_breakpoint);
8054 }
8055
8056 static void
8057 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8058 {
8059 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_disable);
8060 }
8061
8062 static void
8063 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8064 {
8065 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_once_breakpoint);
8066 }
8067
8068 static void
8069 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8070 {
8071 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_del);
8072 }
8073
8074 static void
8075 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8076 {
8077 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_delete_breakpoint);
8078 }
8079 \f
8080 static void
8081 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
8082 {
8083 }
8084
8085 static void
8086 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
8087 {
8088 }
8089
8090 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
8091
8092 struct symtabs_and_lines
8093 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int funfirstline)
8094 {
8095 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
8096 if (string == 0)
8097 error (_("Empty line specification."));
8098 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
8099 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
8100 default_breakpoint_symtab,
8101 default_breakpoint_line,
8102 (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8103 else
8104 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
8105 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8106 if (*string)
8107 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
8108 return sals;
8109 }
8110
8111 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
8112 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
8113 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
8114 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
8115 someday. */
8116
8117 void *
8118 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR pc)
8119 {
8120 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
8121
8122 bp_tgt = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
8123 memset (bp_tgt, 0, sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
8124
8125 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
8126 if (target_insert_breakpoint (bp_tgt) != 0)
8127 {
8128 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
8129 xfree (bp_tgt);
8130 return NULL;
8131 }
8132
8133 return bp_tgt;
8134 }
8135
8136 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
8137
8138 int
8139 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (void *bp)
8140 {
8141 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
8142 int ret;
8143
8144 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (bp_tgt);
8145 xfree (bp_tgt);
8146
8147 return ret;
8148 }
8149
8150 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
8151
8152 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
8153
8154 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
8155
8156 void
8157 insert_single_step_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR next_pc)
8158 {
8159 void **bpt_p;
8160
8161 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
8162 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
8163 else
8164 {
8165 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
8166 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
8167 }
8168
8169 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
8170 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
8171 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
8172 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
8173 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
8174 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
8175
8176 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (next_pc);
8177 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
8178 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at 0x%s"),
8179 paddr_nz (next_pc));
8180 }
8181
8182 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
8183
8184 void
8185 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
8186 {
8187 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
8188
8189 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
8190 call. */
8191 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[0]);
8192 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
8193
8194 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
8195 {
8196 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[1]);
8197 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
8198 }
8199 }
8200
8201 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
8202
8203 static int
8204 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
8205 {
8206 int i;
8207
8208 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
8209 {
8210 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
8211 if (bp_tgt && bp_tgt->placed_address == pc)
8212 return 1;
8213 }
8214
8215 return 0;
8216 }
8217
8218 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
8219
8220 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
8221 static void
8222 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
8223 {
8224 tracepoint_count = num;
8225 set_internalvar (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"),
8226 value_from_longest (builtin_type_int32, (LONGEST) num));
8227 }
8228
8229 void
8230 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8231 {
8232 break_command_really (arg,
8233 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
8234 0 /* tempflag */, 0 /* hardwareflag */,
8235 1 /* traceflag */,
8236 0 /* Ignore count */,
8237 pending_break_support,
8238 NULL,
8239 from_tty,
8240 1 /* enabled */);
8241 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8242 }
8243
8244 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
8245 omitted. */
8246
8247 static void
8248 tracepoints_info (char *tpnum_exp, int from_tty)
8249 {
8250 struct breakpoint *b;
8251 int tps_to_list = 0;
8252
8253 /* In the no-arguments case, say "No tracepoints" if none found. */
8254 if (tpnum_exp == 0)
8255 {
8256 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
8257 {
8258 if (b->number >= 0)
8259 {
8260 tps_to_list = 1;
8261 break;
8262 }
8263 }
8264 if (!tps_to_list)
8265 {
8266 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
8267 return;
8268 }
8269 }
8270
8271 /* Otherwise be the same as "info break". */
8272 breakpoints_info (tpnum_exp, from_tty);
8273 }
8274
8275 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
8276 Not supported by all targets. */
8277 static void
8278 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8279 {
8280 enable_command (args, from_tty);
8281 }
8282
8283 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
8284 Not supported by all targets. */
8285 static void
8286 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8287 {
8288 disable_command (args, from_tty);
8289 }
8290
8291 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument) */
8292 static void
8293 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8294 {
8295 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
8296
8297 dont_repeat ();
8298
8299 if (arg == 0)
8300 {
8301 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
8302
8303 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
8304 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
8305 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
8306 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
8307 {
8308 if (b->number >= 0)
8309 {
8310 breaks_to_delete = 1;
8311 break;
8312 }
8313 }
8314
8315 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
8316 if (!from_tty
8317 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
8318 {
8319 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
8320 {
8321 if (b->type == bp_tracepoint &&
8322 b->number >= 0)
8323 delete_breakpoint (b);
8324 }
8325 }
8326 }
8327 else
8328 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, delete_breakpoint);
8329 }
8330
8331 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
8332
8333 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
8334 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
8335 Also accepts special argument "all". */
8336
8337 static void
8338 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8339 {
8340 struct breakpoint *t1 = (struct breakpoint *) -1, *t2;
8341 unsigned int count;
8342 int all = 0;
8343
8344 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
8345 error (_("passcount command requires an argument (count + optional TP num)"));
8346
8347 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
8348
8349 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
8350 args++;
8351
8352 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
8353 {
8354 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
8355 all = 1;
8356 if (*args)
8357 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8358 }
8359 else
8360 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, 1, 1);
8361
8362 do
8363 {
8364 if (t1)
8365 {
8366 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t2)
8367 if (t1 == (struct breakpoint *) -1 || t1 == t2)
8368 {
8369 t2->pass_count = count;
8370 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (t2->number);
8371 if (from_tty)
8372 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
8373 t2->number, count);
8374 }
8375 if (! all && *args)
8376 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, 1, 0);
8377 }
8378 }
8379 while (*args);
8380 }
8381
8382 struct breakpoint *
8383 get_tracepoint (int num)
8384 {
8385 struct breakpoint *t;
8386
8387 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
8388 if (t->number == num)
8389 return t;
8390
8391 return NULL;
8392 }
8393
8394 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
8395 If MULTI_P is true, there might be a range of tracepoints in ARG.
8396 if OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
8397 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
8398 struct breakpoint *
8399 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg, int multi_p, int optional_p)
8400 {
8401 extern int tracepoint_count;
8402 struct breakpoint *t;
8403 int tpnum;
8404 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
8405
8406 if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
8407 {
8408 if (optional_p)
8409 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
8410 else
8411 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
8412 }
8413 else
8414 tpnum = multi_p ? get_number_or_range (arg) : get_number (arg);
8415
8416 if (tpnum <= 0)
8417 {
8418 if (instring && *instring)
8419 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
8420 instring);
8421 else
8422 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing and no previous tracepoint\n"));
8423 return NULL;
8424 }
8425
8426 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
8427 if (t->number == tpnum)
8428 {
8429 return t;
8430 }
8431
8432 /* FIXME: if we are in the middle of a range we don't want to give
8433 a message. The current interface to get_number_or_range doesn't
8434 allow us to discover this. */
8435 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
8436 return NULL;
8437 }
8438
8439 /* save-tracepoints command */
8440 static void
8441 tracepoint_save_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8442 {
8443 struct breakpoint *tp;
8444 int any_tp = 0;
8445 struct action_line *line;
8446 FILE *fp;
8447 char *i1 = " ", *i2 = " ";
8448 char *indent, *actionline, *pathname;
8449 char tmp[40];
8450 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8451
8452 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
8453 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save tracepoints)"));
8454
8455 /* See if we have anything to save. */
8456 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
8457 {
8458 any_tp = 1;
8459 break;
8460 }
8461 if (!any_tp)
8462 {
8463 warning (_("save-tracepoints: no tracepoints to save."));
8464 return;
8465 }
8466
8467 pathname = tilde_expand (args);
8468 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
8469 if (!(fp = fopen (pathname, "w")))
8470 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving tracepoints (%s)"),
8471 args, safe_strerror (errno));
8472 make_cleanup_fclose (fp);
8473
8474 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
8475 {
8476 if (tp->addr_string)
8477 fprintf (fp, "trace %s\n", tp->addr_string);
8478 else
8479 {
8480 sprintf_vma (tmp, tp->loc->address);
8481 fprintf (fp, "trace *0x%s\n", tmp);
8482 }
8483
8484 if (tp->pass_count)
8485 fprintf (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
8486
8487 if (tp->actions)
8488 {
8489 fprintf (fp, " actions\n");
8490 indent = i1;
8491 for (line = tp->actions; line; line = line->next)
8492 {
8493 struct cmd_list_element *cmd;
8494
8495 QUIT; /* allow user to bail out with ^C */
8496 actionline = line->action;
8497 while (isspace ((int) *actionline))
8498 actionline++;
8499
8500 fprintf (fp, "%s%s\n", indent, actionline);
8501 if (*actionline != '#') /* skip for comment lines */
8502 {
8503 cmd = lookup_cmd (&actionline, cmdlist, "", -1, 1);
8504 if (cmd == 0)
8505 error (_("Bad action list item: %s"), actionline);
8506 if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd, while_stepping_pseudocommand))
8507 indent = i2;
8508 else if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd, end_actions_pseudocommand))
8509 indent = i1;
8510 }
8511 }
8512 }
8513 }
8514 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8515 if (from_tty)
8516 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoints saved to file '%s'.\n"), args);
8517 return;
8518 }
8519
8520 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
8521
8522 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
8523 all_tracepoints ()
8524 {
8525 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
8526 struct breakpoint *tp;
8527
8528 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
8529 {
8530 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
8531 }
8532
8533 return tp_vec;
8534 }
8535
8536 \f
8537 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
8538 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
8539 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
8540 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
8541 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
8542 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
8543 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
8544 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
8545 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
8546 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
8547 This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
8548 \n\
8549 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
8550 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
8551 \n\
8552 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
8553 \n\
8554 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
8555
8556 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
8557 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
8558
8559 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
8560 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
8561
8562 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
8563 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
8564 static void
8565 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
8566 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
8567 struct cmd_list_element *command),
8568 void *user_data_catch,
8569 void *user_data_tcatch)
8570 {
8571 struct cmd_list_element *command;
8572
8573 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
8574 &catch_cmdlist);
8575 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
8576 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
8577
8578 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
8579 &tcatch_cmdlist);
8580 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
8581 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
8582 }
8583
8584 void
8585 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
8586 {
8587 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
8588 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
8589 struct cmd_list_element *c;
8590
8591 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
8592
8593 breakpoint_chain = 0;
8594 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
8595 before a breakpoint is set. */
8596 breakpoint_count = 0;
8597
8598 tracepoint_count = 0;
8599
8600 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
8601 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
8602 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
8603 if (xdb_commands)
8604 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
8605
8606 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
8607 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
8608 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
8609 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
8610 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
8611 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
8612 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
8613 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
8614
8615 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
8616 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
8617 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
8618 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
8619
8620 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
8621 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
8622 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8623 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
8624 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
8625 \n"
8626 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
8627 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8628
8629 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
8630 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
8631 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
8632 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
8633 \n"
8634 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
8635 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8636
8637 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
8638 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
8639 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8640 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
8641 \n"
8642 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
8643 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8644
8645 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8646 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8647 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8648 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8649 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8650 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
8651 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8652 if (xdb_commands)
8653 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8654 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8655 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8656 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8657 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8658 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
8659
8660 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8661
8662 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8663 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8664 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8665 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8666 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
8667 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
8668
8669 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8670 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8671 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8672 &enablebreaklist);
8673
8674 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8675 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8676 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8677 &enablebreaklist);
8678
8679 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8680 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8681 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8682 &enablelist);
8683
8684 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8685 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8686 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8687 &enablelist);
8688
8689 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8690 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8691 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8692 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8693 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
8694 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8695 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8696 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8697 if (xdb_commands)
8698 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8699 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8700 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8701 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8702 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
8703
8704 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
8705 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8706 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8707 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8708 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
8709 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
8710 &disablelist);
8711
8712 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8713 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8714 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8715 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8716 \n\
8717 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
8718 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
8719 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
8720 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8721 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8722 if (xdb_commands)
8723 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8724 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
8725 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8726 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
8727
8728 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
8729 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8730 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8731 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8732 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
8733 &deletelist);
8734
8735 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
8736 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
8737 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
8738 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
8739 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
8740 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
8741 \n\
8742 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
8743 is executing in.\n\
8744 \n\
8745 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
8746
8747 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
8748 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
8749 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
8750 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8751
8752 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
8753 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
8754 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
8755 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
8756
8757 if (xdb_commands)
8758 {
8759 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
8760 add_com_alias ("bu", "ubreak", class_breakpoint, 1);
8761 }
8762
8763 if (dbx_commands)
8764 {
8765 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
8766 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
8767 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
8768 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
8769 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
8770 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
8771 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
8772 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
8773 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8774 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8775 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8776 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8777 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8778 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8779 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8780 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8781 \n\
8782 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8783 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8784 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8785 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8786 breakpoint set."));
8787 }
8788
8789 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
8790 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8791 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8792 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8793 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8794 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8795 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8796 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8797 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8798 \n\
8799 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8800 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8801 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8802 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8803 breakpoint set."));
8804
8805 if (xdb_commands)
8806 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
8807 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8808 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8809 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8810 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8811 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8812 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8813 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8814 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8815 \n\
8816 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8817 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8818 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8819 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8820 breakpoint set."));
8821
8822 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
8823 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8824 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8825 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8826 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8827 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
8828 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
8829 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
8830 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
8831 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8832 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8833 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8834 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8835 \n\
8836 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8837 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8838 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8839 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8840 breakpoint set."),
8841 &maintenanceinfolist);
8842
8843 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
8844 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
8845 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
8846 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
8847
8848 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
8849 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
8850 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
8851 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
8852
8853 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
8854 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
8855 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
8856 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
8857 catch_catch_command,
8858 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8859 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8860 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
8861 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
8862 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
8863 catch_throw_command,
8864 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8865 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8866 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
8867 catch_fork_command_1,
8868 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
8869 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
8870 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
8871 catch_fork_command_1,
8872 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
8873 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
8874 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
8875 catch_exec_command_1,
8876 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8877 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8878 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
8879 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
8880 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
8881 catch_ada_exception_command,
8882 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8883 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8884 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
8885 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
8886 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
8887 catch_assert_command,
8888 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8889 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8890
8891 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
8892 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8893 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8894 an expression changes."));
8895 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8896
8897 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
8898 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8899 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8900 an expression is read."));
8901 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8902
8903 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
8904 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8905 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8906 an expression is either read or written."));
8907 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8908
8909 add_info ("watchpoints", breakpoints_info,
8910 _("Synonym for ``info breakpoints''."));
8911
8912
8913 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
8914 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
8915 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
8916 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
8917 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8918 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8919 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
8920 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
8921 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
8922 hardware.)"),
8923 NULL,
8924 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
8925 &setlist, &showlist);
8926
8927 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
8928
8929 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
8930
8931 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
8932 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
8933 \n"
8934 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
8935 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
8936 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8937
8938 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
8939 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
8940 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
8941 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
8942
8943 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
8944 Status of tracepoints, or tracepoint number NUMBER.\n\
8945 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
8946 last tracepoint set."));
8947
8948 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
8949
8950 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
8951 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
8952 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
8953 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
8954 &deletelist);
8955
8956 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
8957 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
8958 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
8959 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
8960 &disablelist);
8961 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
8962
8963 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
8964 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
8965 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
8966 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
8967 &enablelist);
8968 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
8969
8970 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
8971 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
8972 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
8973 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
8974 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
8975
8976 c = add_com ("save-tracepoints", class_trace, tracepoint_save_command, _("\
8977 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
8978 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."));
8979 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
8980
8981 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
8982 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
8983 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
8984 pending breakpoint behavior"),
8985 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
8986 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
8987 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
8988 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
8989 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
8990 pending breakpoint behavior"),
8991 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
8992 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
8993
8994 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
8995 &pending_break_support, _("\
8996 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
8997 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
8998 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
8999 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
9000 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
9001 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
9002 NULL,
9003 show_pending_break_support,
9004 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
9005 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
9006
9007 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
9008
9009 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
9010 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
9011 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
9012 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
9013 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
9014 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
9015 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
9016 NULL,
9017 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
9018 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
9019 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
9020
9021 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
9022 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
9023 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
9024 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
9025 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
9026 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
9027 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
9028 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
9029 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
9030 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
9031 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
9032 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
9033 NULL,
9034 &show_always_inserted_mode,
9035 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
9036 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
9037
9038 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
9039
9040 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
9041 }
This page took 0.262735 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.